Licensing exams, explained in plain English. Each episode covers one exam: how many questions, the passing score, what it costs, what is tested, and how to study, with every fact checked against the official sponsor. Audio from the Open Exam Hub YouTube videos. Free practice questions at openexamhub.com.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The HiSET high school equivalency exam in plain English: the five subtests and their time limits, the passing requirements (8 out of 20 on each subtest, 2 out of 6 on the essay, and 45 total), how the HiSET compares with the GED, typical cost ranges, eligibility, a practice question, a study plan, and retakes. Facts checked against the HiSET program as of October 2026; fees, ages and retake rules vary by state, so confirm yours on hiset.org.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:41 What the HiSET Is 1:17 The Five Subtests 1:55 What's on Each Subtest 2:37 How the HiSET Is Scored 3:17 HiSET or GED 4:00 Cost and Eligibility 4:43 Try a Question 5:04 How to Study 5:44 If You Don't Pass 6:08 Recap
Exam facts are from the official HiSET Program (ETS and PSI) pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HiSET Program (ETS and PSI). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Praxis Core Academic Skills for Educators in plain English: the three tests (reading, writing, mathematics), their length, the 100 to 200 scaled scores, why there is no national passing score (your state or program decides), possible exemptions, fees, a practice question, a study plan, and retake rules. Facts checked against ETS as of October 2026; fees and requirements change, so confirm on the ETS Praxis site and with your program.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:41 Who Needs the Praxis Core 1:24 The Three Tests 2:12 How the Praxis Core Is Scored 2:50 Cost and Registration 3:28 Try a Question 3:50 How to Study 4:33 Retakes and Score Reporting 5:09 Recap
Exam facts are from the official ETS pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ETS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Uniform CPA Exam in plain English: the three core sections (AUD, FAR, REG) plus one discipline (BAR, ISC or TCP), four hours per section, the 0 to 99 scale with 75 to pass, adaptive testlets and task-based simulations, eligibility and the rolling credit window, cost, a practice question, a study plan, and retakes. Facts checked against AICPA and NASBA as of October 2026; state boards set eligibility and timing rules, so confirm yours.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:44 Who Runs the Exam 1:22 The Core Sections 2:05 The Discipline Sections 2:43 How the CPA Exam Is Scored 3:21 Eligibility and Timing 4:01 Cost and Scheduling 4:40 Try a Question 5:11 How to Study 5:54 If You Don't Pass 6:18 Recap
Exam facts are from the official AICPA and NASBA pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with AICPA and NASBA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The PTCB PTCE in plain English: 90 questions (80 scored) in about 1 hour 50 minutes, the 1400 passing score on a 1000 to 1600 scale, eligibility pathways, the four knowledge domains, the $129 fee that covers the CPhT application and exam, a practice question, a study plan, and retake notes. Facts checked against PTCB as of October 2026; confirm requirements and the current content outline on ptcb.org.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:42 What the PTCE Is 1:25 Who Can Take It 2:00 The Format 2:33 What's on the Exam 3:31 Scoring 3:58 Cost and Applying 4:35 Try a Question 4:56 How to Study 5:34 If You Don't Pass 5:57 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PTCB pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PTCB. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner (CLF-C02) in plain English: 65 questions in 90 minutes, scored and unscored items, the four domains and their weights, the 700 passing score on a scale of 100 to 1000, compensatory scoring, the $100 fee, a practice question, a study plan, and retake rules. Facts checked against AWS Certification as of October 2026; details can change, so confirm on the official page.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:42 Who It's For 1:19 The Format 1:55 The Four Domains 2:44 Scoring 3:15 Cost and Registration 3:52 Try a Question 4:22 How to Study 4:59 If You Don't Pass 5:29 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Amazon Web Services pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CompTIA Network+ (N10-009) in plain English: up to 90 questions in 90 minutes, performance-based questions, the five domains and their weights, the 720 passing score on a 100 to 900 scale, cost and registration, a practice question, a study plan, and renewal. Facts checked against CompTIA as of October 2026; exam codes and prices change, so confirm on the official site.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:39 What Network+ Is 1:13 The Format 1:44 The Five Domains 2:36 Scoring 3:04 Cost and Signing Up 3:36 Try a Question 3:58 How to Study 4:39 Renewal and Retakes 5:13 Recap
Exam facts are from the official CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CompTIA A+ in plain English: why it takes two exams (Core 1 220-1201 and Core 2 220-1202), the 90 question and 90 minute format, performance-based questions, domain weights for both exams, passing scores of 675 and 700, cost, a practice question, a study plan, and retake rules. Facts checked against CompTIA as of October 2026; prices and exam codes change, so confirm on the official site.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:44 What A+ Is 1:18 Which Exams to Take 1:55 The Format 2:34 What's on Core 1 3:08 What's on Core 2 3:41 Scoring and Cost 4:20 Try a Question 4:42 How to Study 5:22 If You Don't Pass 5:55 Recap
Exam facts are from the official CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The ACT in plain English: the three required sections (English, math, reading), the optional science and writing tests, how the 1 to 36 composite is calculated, why there is no passing score, registration, a practice question, a study plan, and retake limits. Facts checked against ACT as of October 2026; fees and school policies change, so confirm on act.org.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:38 What the ACT Is 1:11 The Required Sections 1:53 Science and Writing 2:27 How the ACT Is Scored 2:57 Cost, Registration and Test Day 3:30 Try a Question 3:58 How to Study 4:39 Retakes and Superscoring 5:07 Recap
Exam facts are from the official ACT, Inc. pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ACT, Inc.. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The digital SAT in plain English: the Bluebook app, 98 questions in 2 hours 14 minutes, how adaptive modules work, what is in Reading and Writing and in Math, how the 400 to 1600 score works (there is no passing score), registration, a practice question, a study plan, and retake rules. Facts checked against College Board as of October 2026; fees and school policies change, so confirm on the official site.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:40 What the SAT Is 1:17 How the Digital Test Works 2:00 Reading and Writing 2:38 Math 3:19 Scoring 3:55 Cost and Registration 4:32 Try a Question 4:53 How to Study 5:34 Retakes and Score Reports 6:06 Recap
Exam facts are from the official College Board pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with College Board. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The NCLEX-RN in plain English: why the adaptive test runs 85 to 150 questions, how pass or fail is decided without a passing percentage, the Next Generation case studies, the four client needs areas, the registration process and $200 fee, a practice question, a study approach, and retake rules. Facts checked against NCSBN as of October 2026; your state board sets licensing rules and fees, so confirm yours.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:39 What the NCLEX-RN Is 1:20 Who Can Take It 2:00 The Adaptive Format 2:51 What's on the Test 3:42 Next Generation Questions 4:26 The Passing Standard 5:11 Cost and Signing Up 5:46 Try a Question 6:06 How to Study 6:45 If You Don't Pass 7:08 Recap
Exam facts are from the official NCSBN pages as of 2026-10-19. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NCSBN. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free SIE exam guide Is the FINRA SIE exam hard, and how does it compare with the Series 7? FINRA publishes no difficulty rating, so this video lines the two exams up using FINRA's own numbers (checked October 27, 2026): the SIE has 75 scored questions plus 5 unscored in 1 hour 45 minutes, passing score 70, $100, no sponsor; the Series 7 has 125 items in 3 hours 45 minutes, passing score 72, $395, firm sponsorship required, with 73% of items on recommendations and investment information. FINRA's rule filing SR-FINRA-2026-014 reports over 70% first-attempt passes for the SIE, Series 7 and Series 24 combined, and retake rates of 65% (SIE) vs 85% (Series 7). Includes a worked muni taxable-equivalent example, why people underestimate the SIE, and three new original practice questions. Judgments about which exam is harder are our opinion. Independent guide, not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 Hard Compared With What 0:39 How FINRA Describes the SIE 1:23 Side by Side 2:07 Pace and Stamina 2:38 What the Series 7 Actually Tests 3:24 What FINRA's Own Data Suggests 4:14 Same Topic, Two Levels 5:03 Why People Underestimate the SIE 5:36 Three Questions That Trip People 6:52 Which Should You Take First 7:19 Plan Your Prep 7:50 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free SIE study plan How long should you study for the FINRA SIE exam? FINRA publishes no recommended study time, so this guide builds three complete plans (2, 4 and 6 weeks) from FINRA's content outline weights (Capital Markets 16%, Products and Risks 44%, Trading/Accounts/Prohibited Activities 31%, Regulatory Framework 9%), checked against finra.org on October 27, 2026. You get an hours-by-section split for about 60 hours (our own planning estimate for a beginner), day-by-day and week-by-week schedules, the study session loop and miss log, when to use FINRA's free 75-question practice test, and how booking works: a 120-day window after you enroll, no refunds, and reschedule fees of $0, $50 or $100. Hour counts and the 'high seventies twice' booking rule are our suggestions, not FINRA standards. Independent guide, not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 Two, Four or Six Weeks 0:34 What FINRA Says About Study Time 1:18 Where the Hours Go 2:07 Which Plan Fits You 2:45 What Stretches or Shrinks Your Timeline 3:31 The Two-Week Plan 4:12 The Four-Week Plan 4:54 A Sample Week 5:47 The Six-Week Plan 6:23 Every Study Session 6:55 Practice Tests: When and How Many 7:43 Choosing Your Exam Date 8:26 The Last 48 Hours 8:54 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free SIE exam guide How to register for and schedule the FINRA SIE exam, step by step, checked against finra.org on October 27, 2026. No sponsoring firm is needed (age 18 or older). Create a profile in FINRA's TESS system, enroll and pay the $100 fee (card, ACH or voucher; veterans may be reimbursed under the GI Bill), then schedule with Prometric within the 120-day window. The SIE can be taken online at home or at a test center. You need one valid, unexpired government-issued photo ID whose name exactly matches your registration, and you check in 30 minutes early. Reschedule or cancel fees: free at 10+ business days, $50 at 3 to 10 business days, $100 within 2 business days or for a no-show. Plus accommodations, results, a sample timeline and five mistakes that cost people money. Opinions on online versus test center are ours. Independent guide, not affiliated with FINRA or Prometric.
Chapters 0:00 Getting a Seat 0:35 Do You Need a Sponsor 1:14 Step One: Create Your Profile 1:56 Step Two: Enroll and Pay 2:40 Step Three: Schedule 3:19 Online or Test Center 4:08 Which One Should You Pick 4:47 What to Bring 5:32 What It Really Costs 6:20 A Sample Timeline 7:02 Special Accommodations 7:32 Test Day and Results 8:00 Five Mistakes That Cost People Money 8:32 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free SIE practice questions A fair, no-affiliate comparison of three ways to prepare for the FINRA SIE exam, using each provider's own pages read on October 27, 2026: FINRA's free 75-question practice test (untimed, with feedback, and FINRA's own warning that it does not predict your score), Achievable (listed at $99 one-time, a year of access, 2,000+ questions, 35+ practice exams, a money-back pass guarantee whose conditions aren't on the page) and Kaplan (Premium Instruction Package listed at $199 on demand or $229 live online, 5 months of access, extension $49, no SIE pass guarantee shown). Totals with the $100 exam fee, how to read provider pass-rate claims against FINRA's official over-70% first-attempt figure, five checks for any course, and a budget plan. We have no affiliate links or sponsorship and aren't affiliated with FINRA, Kaplan or Achievable. Prices and terms change: check each page. Which option fits whom is our opinion.
Chapters 0:00 What We Compared 0:38 What You Need to Cover 1:19 Option One: FINRA's Free Practice Test 1:56 Option Two: Achievable 2:40 Option Three: Kaplan 3:34 Side by Side 4:20 Read Pass Rates and Guarantees Carefully 5:08 Free Resources That Fill Gaps 5:38 Which Fits Which Learner 6:15 How to Judge Any Prep Course 7:01 A Simple Budget Plan 7:37 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free phlebotomy cheat sheet What is inside each blood collection tube and what it is used for: light blue sodium citrate (coagulation), red and gold clot-activator and gel serum tubes, green heparin, lavender and pink EDTA, gray fluoride/oxalate, plus the yellow culture tube. Organized by what an additive does (prevent clotting, encourage clotting, preserve), with a summary table, how the NHA CPT test plan and NCCT NCPT plan test colors and additives, and 5 original practice questions. Typical test uses are general lab practice; your lab's directory wins. Facts as of October 2026; independent, not affiliated with NHA, NCCT or any tube maker.
Chapters 0:00 Colors Are a Code 1:10 Three Jobs for an Additive 2:06 Light Blue: Sodium Citrate 2:59 Red and Gold: Clot Activator and Gel 3:53 Green: Heparin 4:32 Lavender and Pink: E D T A 5:27 Gray: Fluoride and Oxalate 6:04 Other Tubes You'll See 6:40 The Summary Table 7:06 How N H A and N C C T Test Tubes 7:39 Practice Questions 9:29 Recap
Exam facts are from the official NHA and NCCT pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NHA, NCCT or any tube maker. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free phlebotomy study plan Which phlebotomy certification should you take? A side-by-side of the NHA CPT (100 scored + 20 pretest items, 2 hours, scaled 390 of 500, 75.96% pass rate in 2024), the NCCT NCPT (100 scored + 25 unscored, 3 hours, exam fee $119 per NCCT's page) and the ASCP PBT (80 questions in 2 hours per ASCP's content guideline), with eligibility routes, what each certifier does not publish, and how California adds its own CDPH certificate (CPT I, CPT II) that requires a national exam from an approved organization. Fees and scoring we could not verify are left out. Check each certifier and CDPH for current rules. 4 original practice questions. Facts as of October 2026; independent, not affiliated with NHA, NCCT, ASCP or CDPH.
Chapters 0:00 Three Exams, One Job 1:12 NHA: The CPT 2:04 NCCT: The NCPT 3:15 ASCP: The PBT 4:05 Side by Side 4:54 California Is Different 5:57 How to Choose 6:45 Practice Questions 8:21 Recap
Exam facts are from the official NHA, NCCT, ASCP and CDPH pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NHA, NCCT, ASCP or CDPH. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free phlebotomy study plan The NHA Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT) exam, from NHA's own documents as of October 2026: 100 scored items plus 20 unscored pretest items in 2 hours; scaled scoring 200 to 500 with 390 to pass; NHA's published 2024 pass rate (75.96% of 57,457 CPT exams administered); the five test-plan domains (Routine Blood Collections 28, Safety and Compliance 26, Patient Preparation 20, Processing 14, Special Collections 12); eligibility including 30 venipunctures and 10 capillary sticks; retakes (30 days; 12 months after a third failed attempt) and renewal (every 2 years, 10 CE credits). NHA's pages do not list the exam fee. Our study tips and 'is it hard' opinion are labeled as ours. 5 original practice questions. Independent, not affiliated with NHA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:00 What the Exam Looks Like 1:40 The Five Domains 2:28 How Scoring Works 3:19 The Pass Rate N H A Publishes 4:03 So, Is It Hard? 4:52 Who Can Sit for It 5:35 Retakes and Renewal 6:04 How to Study 6:44 Practice Questions 8:35 Recap
Exam facts are from the official National Healthcareer Association (NHA) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NHA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
More free Claude certification prep Model Context Protocol for the Claude Certified Architect (CCAR-F) exam, as of October 2026, from Anthropic's exam guide v1.0, the Claude Code docs and the MCP documentation. Domain 2 (Tool Design & MCP Integration) is 18% of the blueprint. What MCP is (host, client, server; tools, resources, prompts; stdio and Streamable HTTP), tools vs resources, writing tool descriptions, structured errors (isError, category, retryable, empty result vs failure), tool distribution and tool_choice auto/any/forced, wiring servers into Claude Code (.mcp.json, user scope, ${VAR} expansion), and the built-in tools Grep, Glob, Read, Write, Edit. Ends with 4 original practice questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic or the MCP project.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:09 What MCP Is 2:13 Tools or Resources 3:04 Tool Descriptions 4:10 Structured Errors 5:10 Too Many Tools 6:06 Wiring Servers into Claude Code 7:20 The Built-In Tools 8:02 Learn It Hands-On 8:55 Practice Questions 10:52 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Claude Code docs) and the Model Context Protocol project pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or the Model Context Protocol project. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free phlebotomy cheat sheet The two order-of-draw situations that trip people up: blood cultures (always first, aerobic vs anaerobic bottle order with a butterfly set or a syringe, common adult volumes and short-draw rules) and capillary collections (EDTA first, other additive tubes next, serum last, per CLSI H4-A6 as cited by BD, and the usual platelet reason). Includes how the NHA CPT test plan covers them (tasks 4A, 3O and 3P; special collections 12 of 100 items), a side-by-side comparison and 5 original practice questions. Hospital protocols differ; follow your facility. Facts as of October 2026; independent, not affiliated with NHA, NCCT, CLSI or BD.
Chapters 0:00 Two Times the Rules Bend 1:14 Why Cultures Go First 2:05 Which Bottle First 3:00 Volume and Short Draws 3:50 Cultures With Other Tubes 4:34 Capillary Collections: The Order Flips 5:26 Why E D T A Goes First on a Finger Stick 6:14 Side by Side 6:46 Practice Questions 8:44 Recap
Exam facts are from the official CLSI, BD and NHA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CLSI, BD, NHA or NCCT. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free ITIL 5 Foundation practice test What the ITIL Foundation exam costs and how to book it, from PeopleCert's pages read October 2026 (US$, incl. VAT): exam bundle $690 (voucher, official e-book, Learning Resource Kit), e-learning $1,029 (adds about 9 hours of interactive e-learning), e-learning plus $1,338 (adds auto-marked sample papers and a free retake), official mock exam $109, Bridge exam bundle $263 for ITIL 4 holders (ITIL 4 Foundation lists the same three bundle prices). Booking steps from the product page, redeeming a training provider's voucher, the 12-month window to sit the exam, online proctored requirements from PeopleCert's FAQ (government photo ID, quiet room and clear desk, one rotatable webcam, 1024x768 screen of 15 inches or more, Windows 10/11 or a supported macOS, at least 4 Mbps, no notes), 25% extra time if the exam is not in your native language, rescheduling (free to 48 hours before; $60 between 48 and 4 hours; $120 after), cancelling within 14 days of payment, results (preliminary on screen, official within 2 business days), Take2 re-sit and PeopleCert Plus ($133 a year). Four cost scenarios (our arithmetic) and three check questions. Prices change: confirm on peoplecert.org before you buy. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 What It Will Cost You 0:39 The Price List 1:12 What Each Bundle Includes 1:46 What Is a Voucher? 2:16 Training Providers and Vouchers 2:47 Which Option Should You Buy? 3:26 How to Book, Step by Step 3:57 Online Proctored: What You Need 4:43 Exam Day Rules 5:19 Booking Mistakes to Avoid 5:58 Changing Your Booking 6:26 Results and Retakes 7:04 Four Cost Scenarios 7:49 Check Yourself 8:47 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Claude Certified Associate practice test Is the Anthropic (Claude) certification free? No: the proctored exams cost $99 (Associate), $125 (Developer and Architect Foundations) or $175 (Architect Professional) per attempt, before partner discounts. The learning is free: Anthropic Academy courses, quizzes and completion badges cost nothing with a free Claude account, but a badge is not a certification. Partner tiers get 50% off and Global Premier partners get 100% off through December 31, 2026. We also cover retake cost, fees you can lose (48-hour rule, name mismatch), free on-time renewal and who can register. From Anthropic's certification FAQ, eligibility page and Academy FAQ, as read on October 27, 2026. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:59 What Costs Money 1:51 What's Free 2:34 Badge Is Not Certification 3:11 Free for Partners 3:56 Partner Prep Courses 4:42 No Partner? Your Free Options 5:26 Adding It Up 6:13 Fees You Can Lose 6:51 Renewal Costs 7:23 Four Myths About Cost 8:01 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Anthropic Partner Academy, Claude Academy) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Claude Certified Associate practice test Which Claude courses matter for the Claude Certified Associate exam? We mapped Anthropic's courses to the exam's 7 domains: Prompting and Task Execution (14%, 53 min), Output Evaluation and Validation (21%, 74 min), Product and Model Selection (12%, 59 min), Workflow Integration and Solution Design (16%, 63 min), Configuration and Knowledge Management (12%, 47 min), Governance, Risk, and Responsible Use (15%, 55 min) and Troubleshooting and Optimization (10%, 30 min). That is about 6 hours 20 minutes of domain courses (our sum), plus Claude 101, AI Capabilities and Limitations and Claude Cowork. We also cover where courses live (public Claude Academy vs the Partner Academy), a catch on the learning path page, a three-week study order and why no course is required. From Anthropic's course pages and exam guide, as read on October 27, 2026. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic.
Chapters 0:00 One Course Per Domain 0:57 Two Places Courses Live 1:39 Claude 101 2:30 The Seven Domain Courses 3:24 Where the Minutes Go 4:06 Output Evaluation 4:45 Prompting, Models and Workflows 5:24 Governance, Configuration and Troubleshooting 6:14 The Extra Courses 6:57 A Study Order 7:51 What the Courses Don't Do 8:27 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Academy, Anthropic Partner Academy, Claude Certification Program) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Network+ and CCNA practice tests CCNA vs CompTIA Network+ vs CCNP Enterprise, from Cisco's and CompTIA's own pages as of October 2026. CCNA 200-301: 120 minutes, US$300, no published question count or passing score. Network+ N10-009: 90 minutes, maximum 90 questions, passing score 720 on 100-900, voucher US$369 per CompTIA's December 2024 blog. CCNP Enterprise: core exam ENCOR 350-401 (US$400, 120 minutes) plus one concentration exam (US$300, 90 minutes). All three are valid 3 years; prerequisites: none required by Cisco, A+ and 9-12 months only recommended for Network+. Our arithmetic: exam fees $300 vs $369 vs $700. Renewal paths, the 2027 changes (CCNA v1.1 ends February 2, 2027; Network+ estimated to retire in 2027), our opinion on who should take which, and four practice questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Cisco or CompTIA.
Chapters 0:00 The Quick Answer 0:39 The Three at a Glance 1:37 The C C N A in Brief 2:52 Network Plus in Brief 3:30 The C C N P Enterprise in Brief 4:19 What You Pay 5:03 Where They Differ 5:46 Who Needs What 6:24 Keeping It Current 7:11 So Which Should You Take? 8:07 Four Overlap Questions 9:36 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Cisco and CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco or CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free ITIL 5 Foundation practice test What is ITIL? The whole framework in one story: a bad Monday when email goes down. Covers value co-creation, the ITIL value system, the four dimensions, the eight-activity product and service lifecycle (discover, design, acquire, build, transition, operate, deliver, support), a service desk day (incident, service request, problem, change), the 34 management practices, the seven guiding principles, value streams and continual improvement, what is new in ITIL Version 5 (AI-native, complexity-native, digital experience), who uses ITIL, and the certification map (ITIL Foundation Version 5: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 65% to pass, no prerequisite; then Practice Manager, Managing Professional, Strategic Leader and ITIL Master). Exam weights from PeopleCert's Foundation syllabus v5.0 (February 2026): value system 40%, key terms 30%, four dimensions 10%, lifecycle 10%, value streams 5%, ITIL and AI 2.5%, other frameworks 2.5%. Three check-yourself questions with answers. Facts from PeopleCert and ITIL official pages, read October 2026. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 One Bad Monday 0:24 The One-Sentence Answer 0:55 Three Versions in Thirty Seconds 1:28 Value, Services and Products 2:01 The Value System 2:37 The Four Dimensions 3:16 The Lifecycle: Eight Activities 4:00 A Day on the Service Desk 4:46 Practices: Where Work Gets Done 5:27 Seven Guiding Principles 5:58 Value Streams and Improvement 6:49 What Is New in Version Five 7:37 Why Organizations Bother 8:21 Who Uses ITIL, and What It Isn't 8:54 Monday Afternoon 9:34 How This Maps to the Exam 10:23 The Certification Map 11:05 Check Yourself 12:19 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free ITIL 5 Foundation practice test The seven ITIL guiding principles with plain-English examples and exam clue words (the names are ITIL's, the explanations are ours): focus on value, start where you are, progress iteratively with feedback, collaborate and promote visibility, think and work holistically, keep it simple and practical, optimize and automate. ITIL's own articles say the principles first appeared in ITIL v3 Practitioner guidance in 2016 and became central from ITIL 4 Foundation; PeopleCert's Foundation syllabus (v5.0, February 2026) puts them in the value system category (40% of the exam) and asks candidates to understand how each is used and how they interact. Includes a cheat sheet for similar-sounding principles, two common tensions, five rapid-fire stories and a study tip. Then renewal per PeopleCert (read October 2026): ITIL Foundation (Version 5) certificates carry a three-year renewal date; renew with PeopleCert Plus CPD (20 points a year for three years, 60 in all; Plus is US$133 a year incl. VAT), by passing another certification in the same suite, or by retaking the same one; ITIL 4 holders renew by passing any Version 5 certification (the Foundation Bridge exam bundle is US$263). Where certificates lead: Practice Manager, Managing Professional, Strategic Leader, ITIL Master; ITIL Transformation; AI Governance; Managing Professional Transition. Three check questions with answers. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 A Pop Quiz First 0:34 What Guiding Principles Are 1:18 One: Focus on Value 1:47 Two: Start Where You Are 2:17 Three: Progress Iteratively with Feedback 2:43 Four: Collaborate and Promote Visibility 3:18 Five: Think and Work Holistically 3:43 Six: Keep It Simple and Practical 4:09 Seven: Optimize and Automate 4:37 Telling Them Apart on the Exam 5:11 When Principles Pull Against Each Other 5:57 Rapid Fire: Story to Principle 6:42 Study Tip: Story Flashcards 7:12 Renewal: The Basics 7:45 Renewal: The Cost of Each Route 8:25 Where Certificates Lead 9:12 Check Yourself 10:12 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free ITIL 5 Foundation practice test ITIL change enablement explained with one scenario: Friday 4:55 p.m., payments are failing and the change board meets Tuesday. Covers what change enablement is (ITIL describes its activities as assessing risk level and providing approval), where it sits (one of five practices in the Plan, Implement and Control Practice Manager module), the three change types as described in ITIL practice guidance and training material (standard, normal, emergency), the change authority, the ECAB (a classic term; PeopleCert's and ITIL's free pages do not define it), a plain-English emergency change flow, change vs incident vs problem, how to judge risk, how a change becomes pre-approved (ITIL's AI governance article), the 2024 Windows outage argument on ITIL's site (an advocacy piece, not an incident report), and change enablement in ITIL Version 5 with AI. PeopleCert's Foundation syllabus (v5.0, February 2026) does not name change enablement as its own topic; ITIL says Version 5 Foundation adds key terms for incident, problem and change. The flow, risk questions and ECAB membership are our own illustrations. Three check questions with answers. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 Four Fifty-Five on a Friday 0:26 What Change Enablement Is 1:06 Where It Sits in ITIL 2:04 Standard, Normal, Emergency 2:42 Who Says Yes: The Change Authority 3:24 The ECAB 4:22 Walking an Emergency Change 5:01 Change, Incident or Problem? 5:42 What Makes a Change Risky? 6:28 Standard Changes Earn Their Status 6:56 Choosing the Type 7:35 When Changes Go Wrong 8:11 Change Enablement in ITIL 5 8:35 Check Yourself 9:35 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
More free Claude certification prep The Claude Code half of the Claude Certified Architect (CCAR-F) exam, as of October 2026, from Anthropic's exam guide v1.0 and the Claude Code docs: the CLAUDE.md hierarchy (user, project, directory), @imports and .claude/rules with path globs, commands and skills (context: fork, allowed-tools, argument-hint), plan mode versus direct execution, hooks (PreToolUse, PostToolUse, exit code 2), subagents (fresh context, Explore, Task vs Agent tool), running Claude Code in CI with -p, --output-format json and --json-schema, and session resume. Domain 3 is 20% of the exam. Ends with 4 original practice questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:02 The Map 1:59 The Claude dot M D Hierarchy 3:00 Imports and Rules 4:02 Commands and Skills 5:08 Plan Mode or Direct Execution 5:57 Hooks 6:59 Subagents 7:54 Claude Code in C I 8:58 Sessions and Refinement 9:55 Practice Questions 11:48 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Claude Code documentation) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free ITIL 5 Foundation practice test ITIL 4 Foundation or ITIL Foundation (Version 5)? From PeopleCert's pages, read October 2026: both exams are 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 65% to pass, and the exam bundle is US$690 incl. VAT on both (ITIL 4 lists 12 exam languages, Version 5 lists 9). ITIL 4 teaches the service value chain; Version 5 teaches the eight-activity product and service lifecycle model, AI-native and complexity-native. PeopleCert's FAQ says the current plan is to sunset all ITIL 4 modules and the Foundation Bridge (Version 5) on 31 December 2027, voucher validity dates for ITIL 4 are still to be announced, and ITIL 4 certificates remain valid prerequisites for higher Version 5 certifications (ITIL v3 Foundation does not; ITIL 4 extension modules are not in the Version 5 scheme). The optional Bridge: 20 questions, 30 minutes, 65% to pass, bundle US$263 (e-learning US$476, e-learning+ US$620), open to any ITIL 4 certificate except Acquiring and Managing Cloud Services and Sustainability in Digital and IT. Includes a cost table, five myths checked, three example learners, our own study estimates and three check questions. The decision guide is our reasoning, not PeopleCert's. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 Same Price, Same Format 0:24 The Short Version 1:04 Side by Side 1:35 What the Content Does Differently 2:23 The Cost Comparison 3:07 The Clock: December 2027 3:47 Do ITIL 4 Certificates Still Count? 4:32 The Bridge Exam 5:12 Which Should You Take? 5:51 Five Myths, Checked 6:36 Three People, Three Answers 7:25 How to Study for Each Route 8:03 Check Yourself 9:19 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Claude Certified Associate practice test Claude Certified Associate (CCAO-F) or Claude Certified Architect, Foundations (CCAR-F)? Both have 60 items in 120 minutes and a scaled pass mark of 720, valid 12 months. The Associate is $99 with 7 domains for people who use Claude at work; Architect Foundations is $125 with 5 domains for people who build with the Claude API, Agent SDK, Claude Code and MCP, and it counts toward Claude Partner Network tier eligibility (the Associate does not). We compare who each is for, sample questions, blueprints, experience, guide length (11 vs 39 pages, 3 vs 12 sample questions, our count), discounts, retakes and the December 7, 2026 Associate update, then give a five-question decision guide. From Anthropic's exam guides v1.0 and certification pages, read October 27, 2026. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic.
Chapters 0:00 Five Questions 0:58 Side by Side 1:38 Who Each Exam Is For 2:28 Question One: Do You Code 3:13 The Domains Compared 4:03 Question Two: Six Months Building 4:52 Question Three: Partner Credit 5:34 Question Four: How Much Reading 6:19 Can You Take Both 7:05 Our Suggestion 7:51 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Anthropic Partner Academy) and Pearson VUE pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
More free Claude certification prep A 30-day study plan for the Claude Certified Architect, Foundations (CCAR-F) exam, built on Anthropic's exam guide v1.0 and its four hands-on preparation exercises, as of October 2026. Baseline (days 1-2), Agentic Architecture (days 3-9, 27%), Tools and MCP (days 10-13, 18%), Claude Code (days 14-18, 20%), Prompts and Structured Output (days 19-23, 20%), Context and Reliability (days 24-27, 15%), then three days of rehearsal across the six scenarios. About 90 minutes a day, roughly 45 hours: the schedule and hours are our own suggestion, not Anthropic's. Exam facts: 60 items, 120 minutes, scaled 720 to pass, $125, Partner Network staff only, retake waits 14/30/90 days. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:54 Before Day One 1:48 How the Thirty Days Split 2:42 Days 1 and 2: Baseline 3:36 Days 3 to 9: Agentic Architecture 4:40 Days 10 to 13: Tools and MCP 5:35 Days 14 to 18: Claude Code 6:27 Days 19 to 23: Prompts and Structured Output 7:23 Days 24 to 27: Context and Reliability 8:07 Days 28 to 30: Rehearsal 8:51 If You Fall Behind, or Fail 9:25 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Anthropic Partner Academy) and Pearson VUE pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Claude Certified Associate practice test Is AI Fluency on the Claude Certified Associate exam? Not by name: the exam guide (v1.0, July 2026) lists 7 domains and never uses the phrase. But Anthropic's free AI Fluency course (14 lessons, about 4 hours, built with Rick Dakan and Joseph Feller) teaches four skills, Delegation, Description, Discernment and Diligence, that line up in our reading with four domains worth 66% of the exam: Workflow Integration (16%), Prompting (14%), Output Evaluation (21%) and Governance (15%). Product and Model Selection and Configuration have no matching D. We separate what is official from our interpretation, work one example, and say whether the course is worth your time. From Anthropic's exam guide and course pages, read October 27, 2026. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic.
Chapters 0:00 Is It Tested 0:49 What the Blueprint Says 1:39 What AI Fluency Is 2:19 The Four Ds 3:02 Delegation Meets Workflows 3:44 Description Meets Prompting 4:28 Discernment Meets Output Evaluation 5:15 Diligence Meets Governance 5:56 A Worked Example 6:54 Where the Mapping Breaks 7:42 Should You Take It 8:25 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Academy, Claude Certification Program) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
More free Claude certification prep The agent design patterns behind the Claude Certified Architect (CCAR-F) exam, as of October 2026, from Anthropic's exam guide v1.0 and Anthropic Engineering's 'Building effective agents'. Workflows vs agents, the agentic loop (stop_reason, three stopping anti-patterns), prompt chaining vs dynamic decomposition, hub-and-spoke coordinators and subagents (isolated context, parallel Task calls, iterative refinement), independent review instead of self-review, enforcement with gates and hooks, structured handoffs, the three escalation triggers, structured error propagation, provenance and human review, plus a pattern chooser and 3 original practice questions. Domains 1 and 5 make up 42% of the exam. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:03 Workflows and Agents 1:57 The Agentic Loop 2:42 Chaining or Dynamic Decomposition 3:34 Hub and Spoke 4:42 Parallelism and Independent Review 5:34 Enforcement 6:23 Escalation 7:12 Errors That Travel 7:52 Provenance and Human Review 8:38 Choose the Pattern 9:13 Practice Questions 10:40 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Anthropic Engineering) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free CCNA practice test What jobs can you get with a CCNA? The roles Cisco's CCNA page lists (network engineer, network administrator, network technician, cybersecurity analyst, systems engineer, cloud operations engineer) and official U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data for four related careers, pages last modified August 27, 2026, pay as May 2025 medians: computer network support specialists $76,220; network and computer systems administrators $99,130 (lowest 10% under $62,640, highest 10% over $155,050); information security analysts $129,180; computer network architects $134,050. Projected 2025 to 2035 change: administrators -4%, computer support specialists -3%, network architects +8%, information security analysts +21%. Cisco's page quotes a Pearson VUE report (32% received a salary increase; general to Cisco certifications, not CCNA-specific). BLS occupations are not CCNA job titles and no hiring rate is published. Plus our own map from job-listing phrases to CCNA areas and three practice questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Cisco.
Chapters 0:00 Read This Before You Search Jobs 0:44 What Cisco Lists 1:20 Where the Pay Data Comes From 1:56 Network Support Specialist 2:49 Network Administrator 3:52 Security Analyst and Network Architect 4:34 The Pay Table 5:13 The Outlook Isn't All Good News 6:00 Does a C C N A Get You Hired? 6:42 Read a Job Listing Like a C C N A Holder 7:40 What to Add on Top 8:16 Three Job-Flavored Questions 9:30 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Cisco and the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Real Estate practice test Real estate practice test 1: 55 original questions for the national portion of the real estate salesperson exam, every answer explained. Weighted like the Pearson VUE national salesperson outline: Property Characteristics and Land Use (8: trade fixtures, emblements, uniqueness, situs, the rectangular survey, quarter-section acreage, eminent domain, prescriptive easements), Ownership and Transfer (6: joint tenancy survivorship, fee simple determinable, life estate pur autre vie, estate at sufferance, general warranty deeds, constructive notice), Value and Appraisal (7: progression, arm's-length sales, the cost approach, functional obsolescence, FIRREA, CMA vs appraisal, NOI and cap rate), Contracts and Agency (11: unilateral contracts, minors, the statute of frauds, liquidated damages, equitable title, counteroffers, options, special agency, termination by law, disclosure of known defects, confidentiality), Real Estate Practice (7: listing types, net listings, protected classes, blockbusting, unauthorized practice of law, price fixing, E&O insurance), Disclosures and Environment (6: pre-1978 lead rules, the 10-day inspection period, radon, asbestos encapsulation, CERCLA, flood insurance) and Financing and Settlement (5: lien theory, the secondary market, the 3-business-day Closing Disclosure, RESPA kickbacks, PMI), plus 5 worked math problems (commission split, cap rate, acreage, LTV down payment, tax proration). As of October 2026, per Pearson VUE's national content outline for salespersons (effective April 1, 2025): 80 scored questions plus 5 unscored pretest items; 43,560 sq ft per acre and 5,280 ft per mile are not provided at the test center. Your state sets the time limit, fee and passing score, and some states use PSI or another vendor, so check your state's candidate handbook. Our 44-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not a state passing score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not legal advice. Not affiliated with Pearson VUE, PSI or any state real estate commission.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 2:19 Section 1: Property Characteristics and Land Use: Questions 1 to 8 7:35 Section 2: Ownership, Transfer and Recording: Questions 9 to 14 11:55 Section 3: Property Value and Appraisal: Questions 15 to 21 16:40 Section 4: Contracts and Agency: Questions 22 to 32 24:10 Section 5: Real Estate Practice: Questions 33 to 39 28:46 Section 6: Disclosures and Environmental Issues: Questions 40 to 45 32:35 Section 7: Financing and Settlement: Questions 46 to 50 35:45 Section 8: Real Estate Math: Questions 51 to 55 39:38 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Pearson VUE and state real estate commissions pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Pearson VUE and state real estate commissions. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free CCMA practice test CCMA practice test 1: 55 original questions with answers, weighted like the NHA Certified Clinical Medical Assistant (CCMA) test plan. Foundational Knowledge (6 questions: word parts, the Do Not Use list, DEA schedules, teaspoon-to-mL dosage, grief stages, celiac diet), Anatomy and Physiology (3: mitochondria, distal, insulin), Clinical Patient Care part 1 (15: pulse range, cuff size errors, Celsius to Fahrenheit, orthostatic vitals, pulse oximetry, Sims' position, the sterile field border, Z-track, anaphylaxis, suture removal, ear irrigation, hypoglycemia, CPR rate, TB skin test timing), Clinical Patient Care part 2 (15: chain of infection, autoclave, PPE removal, SDS, sharps containers, CLIA-waived tests, clean-catch urine, Snellen, order of draw, tourniquets, CBC tube, hematomas, fingersticks, V1 placement, wandering baseline), Care Coordination (4: colorectal screening age, PCMH, teach-back, interpreters), Administrative Assisting (5: deductible, ABN, ICD-10-CM, phone triage, prior authorization), Communication (4: open-ended questions, upset patients, phone privacy, reflecting) and Law and Ethics (3: informed consent, mandatory reporting, health care power of attorney). As of October 2026, per NHA: the CCMA exam has 150 scored items and 30 pretest items in 3 hours, at a school, a PSI testing center or by live remote proctoring; the test plan (based on a 2022 job analysis) has Foundational Knowledge and Basic Science 15 items, Anatomy and Physiology 8, Clinical Patient Care 84, Patient Care Coordination and Education 12, Administrative Assisting 12, Communication and Customer Service 12, Medical Law and Ethics 7; scores are scaled 200 to 500 with 390 to pass; retakes require a 30-day wait, with 3 attempts before a 1-year wait; certification renews every 2 years with 10 CE credits. Our 42-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not an NHA number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with NHA.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 2:26 Section 1: Foundational Knowledge and Basic Science: Questions 1 to 6 6:18 Section 2: Anatomy and Physiology: Questions 7 to 9 7:49 Section 3: Clinical Patient Care, Part 1: Questions 10 to 24 17:49 Section 4: Clinical Patient Care, Part 2: Questions 25 to 39 27:26 Section 5: Patient Care Coordination and Education: Questions 40 to 43 30:07 Section 6: Administrative Assisting: Questions 44 to 48 33:48 Section 7: Communication and Customer Service: Questions 49 to 52 36:33 Section 8: Medical Law and Ethics: Questions 53 to 55 38:46 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official National Healthcareer Association (NHA) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with National Healthcareer Association (NHA). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Property and Casualty practice test Property and casualty practice test: 55 original questions for the general knowledge part of the P&C insurance license exam, every answer explained, weighted like Pearson VUE's P&C general knowledge content outline. Property Policies (12: HO-4 for renters, HO-3 perils, loss of use, Coverage B, DP-1, business income, causes-of-loss forms, BOP, builders risk, personal articles floaters, NFIP flood, earthquake), Property Terms (8: law of large numbers, insurable interest, morale hazard, indirect loss, actual cash value math, 80% coinsurance math, proximate cause, vacancy), Property Provisions (7: declarations, mortgage clause, appraisal, pro rata other insurance, subrogation, consideration, adhesion), Casualty Policies and Bonds (13: CGL Coverage A, B and C, claims-made, completed operations, 50/100/25 split limits, other than collision, uninsured motorists, exclusive remedy, employers liability, robbery, surety bonds, D&O, umbrellas), Casualty Terms (8: negligence, vicarious liability, general, special and punitive damages, comparative negligence, occurrence, premium audit, certificates of insurance) and Casualty Provisions (7: supplementary payments, duty to defend, voluntary payments, cancellation notice, other insurance on a borrowed car, TRIA, who is an insured). Every state runs its own exam. Example as of October 2026, per Pearson VUE's Texas candidate handbook: the General Lines Property and Casualty exam has 100 scored general questions plus 10 pretest, and 30 scored Texas questions plus 5 pretest; 150 minutes; $49; a scaled passing score of 70; failed candidates can retest within one day. This video covers the general section only, not state law. Our 44-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not a state number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Pearson VUE, PSI, Prometric or any state insurance department.
Chapters 0:00 Property and casualty practice test 2:10 Section 1: Property Policies: Questions 1 to 12 10:17 Section 2: Property Terms: Questions 13 to 20 16:04 Section 3: Property Provisions: Questions 21 to 27 21:10 Section 4: Casualty Policies and Bonds: Questions 28 to 40 30:38 Section 5: Casualty Terms: Questions 41 to 48 36:16 Section 6: Casualty Provisions: Questions 49 to 55 41:35 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official State insurance departments (example: Texas Department of Insurance, exam administered by Pearson VUE) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with State insurance departments (example: Texas Department of Insurance, exam administered by Pearson VUE). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free CDL General Knowledge practice test CDL general knowledge practice test 1: 55 original questions for the CDL general knowledge test that every Class A, B and C applicant takes, each answer explained from the model CDL manual. Seven sections: CDL Rules and Disqualifications (8: the 0.04% BAC limit, 24-hour out-of-service orders, hazmat disqualification, serious violations, 60-day disqualification, reporting convictions, 10-year job history, interstate self-certification), Vehicle Inspection (7: lug nuts after a tire change, lock rings, belts, governor cut-out, warning lights, touching duals, leaks), Basic Control, Shifting and Seeing (8: hill starts, steering grip, driver-side backing, lowest reverse, the stop signal, downhill gear choice, looking 12 to 15 seconds ahead, triangle placement on a divided highway), Speed and Space (9: stopping distance, 419 feet at 55 mph, speed and braking distance, wet roads, bridges, fresh rain, following distance, tailgaters, right turns), Hazards, Distraction, Night and Weather (8: hazards vs emergencies, hidden drivers, the slow-moving vehicle sign, hand-held phone rules, headlight range, dimming, fog), Railroad Crossings, Mountains and Emergencies (8: the 15-to-50-foot stop, 14 seconds to clear a track, downgrade braking, brake fade, steering right, leaving the road, stab braking, blowouts) and Alcohol, Hazmat Basics and Cargo (7: sobering up, standard drinks, placards, the tank endorsement, load height, tie-down working load limits, header boards). As of October 2026, per FMCSA rules (49 CFR 383): you must answer at least 80% of knowledge test questions correctly; a commercial learner's permit is valid for no more than one year; you can't take the skills test in the first 14 days after the permit is issued; and first-time Class A and B applicants need entry-level driver training before the skills test. Your state sets the question count, time limit and fee. Our 47-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not an official cutoff. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with FMCSA or any state driver licensing agency.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 2:06 Section 1: CDL Rules and Disqualifications: Questions 1 to 8 7:14 Section 2: Vehicle Inspection: Questions 9 to 15 11:46 Section 3: Basic Control, Shifting and Seeing: Questions 16 to 23 16:24 Section 4: Speed and Space Management: Questions 24 to 32 22:05 Section 5: Hazards, Distraction, Night and Weather: Questions 33 to 40 27:03 Section 6: Railroad Crossings, Mountains and Emergencies: Questions 41 to 48 32:15 Section 7: Alcohol, Hazmat Basics and Cargo: Questions 49 to 55 36:28 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official State driver licensing agencies, under FMCSA rules (49 CFR Part 383) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with State driver licensing agencies, under FMCSA rules (49 CFR Part 383). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free AWS AI Practitioner practice test AWS Certified AI Practitioner practice test 3: 55 brand-new original AIF-C01 questions with every answer explained, none repeated from our earlier tests, weighted like exam guide version 1.1. Fundamentals of AI and ML (11 questions: clustering, reinforcement learning, time-series data, deep learning, SageMaker Serverless Inference, Amazon Transcribe, traditional ML vs foundation models at the edge, exploratory data analysis, SageMaker JumpStart, Amazon Bedrock, experiment tracking), Fundamentals of GenAI (13: self-attention, diffusion models, context windows, input and output token billing, context engineering, MCP servers, the Agent2Agent protocol, tool use, interpretability, adaptability, latency in model choice, conversion rate, Bedrock data privacy), Applications of Foundation Models (15: temperature, max output tokens, Bedrock Knowledge Bases, Amazon Neptune for vectors, Bedrock Agents action groups, few-shot and negative prompts, prompt templates, jailbreaking, data poisoning, instruction fine-tuning, transfer learning, ROUGE, BERTScore, RAG evaluation), Guidelines for Responsible AI (8: Guardrails denied topics, SageMaker Clarify, SageMaker Model Cards, underfitting, balanced datasets, interpretability tradeoffs, robustness, human-centered explainable AI) and Security, Compliance and Governance (8: AgentCore Identity, AWS KMS, Guardrails sensitive information filters, Amazon Inspector, AWS Config, Bedrock model invocation logging, data residency, the Generative AI Security Scoping Matrix). As of October 2026, per AWS: 65 questions (50 scored, 15 unscored) in 90 minutes, US$100, Pearson VUE test center or online, scaled score 100-1,000 with 700 to pass, compensatory scoring, 14-day wait to retake, valid 3 years; domain weights 20% / 24% / 28% / 14% / 14%; exam guide v1.1 published April 30, 2026. The real exam also has multiple response, ordering and matching items; this video uses single-answer questions. Our 44-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not an AWS number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Amazon Web Services.
Chapters 0:00 AWS AI Practitioner practice test 3 2:10 Section 1: Fundamentals of AI and ML: Questions 1 to 11 9:15 Section 2: Fundamentals of GenAI: Questions 12 to 24 18:00 Section 3: Applications of Foundation Models: Questions 25 to 39 27:06 Section 4: Guidelines for Responsible AI: Questions 40 to 47 32:29 Section 5: Security, Compliance and Governance: Questions 48 to 55 37:48 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Amazon Web Services (AWS) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services (AWS). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free NASM practice test NASM practice test: 55 original questions for the NASM Certified Personal Trainer (CPT) exam, every answer explained, weighted like NASM's six exam domains. Basic and Applied Sciences and Nutritional Concepts (8 questions: muscle spindles, planes of motion, lever classes, the ATP-PC system, macro calories, water-soluble vitamins, cardiac output, fiber types), Client Relations and Behavioral Coaching (8: stages of change, open-ended questions, self-efficacy, SMART and process goals, intrinsic motivation, instrumental support, social physique anxiety), Assessment (9: blood pressure categories, Jackson and Pollock skinfolds, BMI classes, tachycardia, overhead squat forward lean and knee valgus, lower crossed syndrome, reassessment, waist-to-hip ratio), Program Design (11: OPT levels, Phase 1, 2 and 4 variables, general adaptation syndrome, vertical loading, mesocycles, undulating periodization, plyometric volume, cardio stage 1, pregnancy), Exercise Technique and Training Instruction (13: static and active stretching, drawing-in, core and balance progressions, cable lift, plyometric landings, kinetic chain checkpoints, spotting, sprint mechanics, relative flexibility, synergistic dominance) and Professional Development and Responsibility (6: CEUs, scope of practice, the 4 Ps, SWOT, emergencies, independent contractors). As of October 2026, per NASM: 120 questions (20 unscored pretest items), 2 hours, a scaled passing score of 70, delivered by PSI at a test center or online; current CPR/AED required; 180 days from purchase to test; retest waits of 1 week, 30 days, then 1 year; recertify with 2.0 CEUs every 2 years. Domain weights: Exercise Technique 24%, Program Design 20%, Assessment 16%, Sciences and Nutrition 15%, Client Relations 15%, Professional Development 10%. Our 42-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not an NASM number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with NASM.
Chapters 0:00 NASM CPT practice test 1 2:17 Section 1: Basic and Applied Sciences and Nutritional Concepts: Questions 1 to 8 7:33 Section 2: Client Relations and Behavioral Coaching: Questions 9 to 16 13:01 Section 3: Assessment: Questions 17 to 25 19:00 Section 4: Program Design: Questions 26 to 36 26:32 Section 5: Exercise Technique and Training Instruction: Questions 37 to 49 34:31 Section 6: Professional Development and Responsibility: Questions 50 to 55 38:34 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official NASM pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASM. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Series 65 practice test Series 65 practice test 2: 55 original questions for the Uniform Investment Adviser Law Exam, every answer explained, weighted like NASAA's test specifications (effective June 12, 2023). Economic Factors and Business Information (8: leading indicators, open market operations, a weaker dollar, inverted yield curves, the quick ratio, unqualified audit opinions, the Sharpe ratio, liquidation priority), Investment Vehicle Characteristics (14: T-bills, TIPS, tax-equivalent yield, revenue bonds, premium bond yield order, duration, conversion value, cumulative voting, ADR currency risk, closed-end funds, ETFs, leveraged ETFs, ETN credit risk, fixed annuities), Client Investment Recommendations and Strategies (16: C corporation double taxation, anchoring, CAPM, the efficient market hypothesis, tactical allocation, dollar-cost averaging, wash sales, step-up in basis, SECURE 2.0 RMD ages, Roth contributions, SEP IRAs, ERISA 404(c), 529 beneficiary changes, JTWROS, buy stops, time-weighted return) and Laws, Regulations, and Guidelines (17: the $110 million SEC line, exempt reporting advisers, IAR continuing education, books and records, brochure delivery, solicitors, IAR registration for federal covered advisers, the agent definition, newspaper offers, coordination, Administrator powers, civil liability for advice, oral discretion, custody net worth, performance fees, soft dollars, agency cross transactions). As of October 2026, per NASAA: 130 scored questions plus 10 unscored pretest questions, 180 minutes, closed book, pass with at least 92 correct, $187 fee paid to FINRA. Weights: Economic Factors 15%, Investment Vehicles 25%, Recommendations and Strategies 30%, Laws and Regulations 30%. NASAA says questions affected by the May 2026 IA advertising model rule amendments will be updated in early 2027. Our 44-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not a NASAA number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 2:10 Section 1: Economic Factors and Business Information: Questions 1 to 8 7:38 Section 2: Investment Vehicle Characteristics: Questions 9 to 22 17:39 Section 3: Client Investment Recommendations and Strategies: Questions 23 to 38 29:27 Section 4: Laws, Regulations, and Ethics: Questions 39 to 55 42:19 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official North American Securities Administrators Association (NASAA); exam administered by FINRA pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with North American Securities Administrators Association (NASAA); exam administered by FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free CCNA practice test What the CCNA (200-301) really costs and how long to study, as of October 2026 from Cisco's pages: US$300 per attempt (or Cisco Learning Credits), exam vouchers valid 365 days from purchase, a five-calendar-day wait before a retake, and Exam Safeguard Plus at US$450 (a second chance within 90 days per Cisco's wording). Our arithmetic: attempts add up to $300, $600, $900; Safeguard Plus costs $150 more if you pass first time and $150 less if you need two tries. Free and paid study resources as Cisco lists them (Networking Academy, Packet Tracer, Cisco Modeling Labs, Cisco U.), with no invented prices. Cisco suggests 10 to 14 weeks of study plus 4 to 6 weeks of practice; we turn that into weekly hours (our planning figures), count back from the v1.1 deadline of February 2, 2027 (CCNA v2.0 starts February 3, 2027), and give a 14-week plan. Booking: schedule up to six weeks ahead or same day in the US and Canada. Three original practice questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Cisco.
Chapters 0:00 What It Really Costs 0:43 The Exam Fee 1:25 If You Need a Retake 2:01 Exam Safeguard Plus 2:53 Study Resources and Their Cost 3:42 A Budget Table 4:19 How Long Cisco Suggests 4:47 From Weeks to Hours 5:42 Counting Back From the Deadline 6:29 A Fourteen Week Plan 7:26 Booking the Exam 7:57 Three Week-One Questions 9:01 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Cisco pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Claude Certified Associate practice test All four Anthropic Claude certification exams explained from Anthropic's Partner Academy pages, exam guides and Pearson VUE's Anthropic page, as read on October 27, 2026: Claude Certified Associate (CCAO-F, $99), Developer (CCDV-F, $125), Architect Foundations (CCAR-F, $125) and Architect Professional (CCAR-P, $175). All four use a scaled passing score of 720 on a 100 to 1,000 scale, are valid 12 months, and are open only to staff of Claude Partner Network organizations. We cover who can register, what each exam is for, the Architect Foundations blueprint (5 domains, 4 scenarios from a bank of 6), shared exam rules, partner-tier discounts, retakes, renewal, the December 7, 2026 content update and which exam to choose. Developer and Architect Professional item counts and domains are not published on the pages we read, so we leave them out. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:06 The Catch 1:58 The Associate Exam 2:54 The Developer Exam 3:44 The Architect Foundations Exam 4:53 The Architect Professional Exam 5:34 Side by Side 6:12 Rules That Apply to All Four 7:05 Partner Discounts 7:39 Prep Material 8:31 Which One to Take 9:08 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Anthropic Partner Academy) and Pearson VUE pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free Qiyas GAT practice test The Qudrat exam (Qiyas General Aptitude Test, GAT) and the STEP English test, step by step in English, from the Education and Training Evaluation Commission (ETEC) pages, as of October 2026. How to create an ETEC account (Nafath or ID number), book the digital test in nine steps, pay (an unpaid booking is deleted automatically), and the fees ETEC lists (STEP SAR 150 in the Kingdom, SAR 200 outside; Qudrat computer SAR 150, paper SAR 100 early or SAR 150 late). Accepted ID, the 48-hour (digital) and 72-hour (paper Qudrat) change and cancel deadlines, test day at a computer-based center, and how to read your results: STEP and computer-based Qudrat results in 3 to 5 working days, paper Qudrat about a month, the 60-day objection window (SAR 200, refunded if the score was wrong) and ETEC's service that sends your highest Qudrat and Tahsili scores to the Unified Admission Platform. Qudrat is valid 5 years with 5 attempts; STEP is valid 3 years. STEP covers reading comprehension 40%, grammar structures 40% and listening comprehension 20%; ETEC's STEP page does not publish the number of questions, time limit, score scale or an attempt limit, so we do not quote one. Then 6 original STEP-style practice questions (not real STEP items) and study tips that are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with ETEC or Qiyas.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:46 Qudrat or STEP 1:34 Create Your Account 2:18 Book the Test 3:15 Fees and ID 4:16 Change or Cancel 4:59 Test Day 5:44 Your Results 6:35 Scores and Appeals 7:23 Attempts and Validity 8:02 Inside the STEP Test 8:48 STEP Practice Questions 10:45 How to Prepare 11:25 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Education and Training Evaluation Commission (ETEC) pages as of 2026-10-27. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ETEC and Qiyas. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full Versant English practice session: every task type, answered out loud, with a timed pause after each prompt and a model answer and scoring tip after each pause. 77 original practice items (not real test questions), built on Pearson's official descriptions of the Versant by Pearson English Speaking and Listening Test (which Pearson says is designed to replace the Versant English Test) and the English 4-Skills Essentials Test, as of October 2026. Speech sample warm-up (30 s), Part A short answers (10), Part B repeat the sentence (16, short to long), Part C conversations (8), Part D passage questions (3 stories, 9 questions), Part E retell a passage (4, 30 s each), Part F give your opinion (4, 40 s each), then the 4-Skills tasks: sentence builds (8), typed sentence completion (5) and dictation (5), and passage reconstruction (2, read 30 s then write). Real test facts: Speaking and Listening takes about 20 minutes on the app or a computer and is scored on the Global Scale of English (10 to 90) with a CEFR level; there is no official pass mark, employers set their own cut score. Self-score: count your matching short answers, repeats and conversation/story answers out of 43; 34+ (about 80%) is our planning goal, not a Pearson number. Independent practice, not affiliated with Pearson.
Chapters 0:00 Versant Practice Session 1:36 Warm-Up: Speech Sample 2:46 Part A: Short Answers 5:29 Part B: Repeat the Sentence 10:12 Part C: Conversations 13:29 Part D: Passage Questions 16:42 Part E: Retell a Passage 22:15 Part F: Give Your Opinion 27:34 4-Skills: Sentence Builds 29:43 4-Skills: Typing Tasks 33:11 4-Skills: Passage Reconstruction 35:53 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official Pearson (Versant by Pearson) pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Pearson. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Versant English test explained from Pearson's official Versant by Pearson pages and test descriptions, as of October 2026. Pearson says its Versant English Speaking and Listening Test is designed to replace the Versant English Test, and the family is now branded Versant by Pearson: Speaking and Listening (17 minutes on Pearson's flyer, about 20 in the test description), English 4-Skills Essentials (30 minutes), Writing (35), Placement (50) and Professional English (60). The Speaking and Listening Test has about 40 items in six parts: short answers (~8), repeat the sentence (~16, 5 to 15 words), conversations (~6), passage questions (~6), retell a passage (2-3, 30 seconds) and give your opinion (2-3, 40 seconds), plus an unscored 30-second speech sample. You take it on the free Versant by Pearson app or a computer with a headset, any time, with no examiner; the system moves on when you stop speaking. The 4-Skills Essentials Test (~70 items) adds sentence builds, typed sentence completion and dictation (25 seconds each) and passage reconstruction (read 30 s, write 90 s). Scores: GSE 10 to 90 with a CEFR level (older Versant reports used 20 to 80). Overall = Speaking 50% + Listening 50%; Manner of Speaking is half of Speaking; about 75% content and accuracy, 25% manner. Pearson's CEFR table for this test: B1 43-50, B2 59-66, B2+ 67-75, C1 76-84, C2 85-90. No pass mark: employers set their own cut score. Standard error about 4 GSE points. Then 8 original sample tasks to answer out loud, with model answers. Prep tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Pearson.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:57 The Name Has Changed 1:47 Five Versant English Tests 2:31 How You Take It 3:14 Speaking and Listening: Six Parts 3:59 Retell and Opinion 4:41 The Four-Skills Essentials Test 5:38 How Scoring Works 6:33 What Score Do You Need? 7:09 How to Prepare 7:56 Sample Questions, Part One 9:36 Sample Questions, Part Two 11:33 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Pearson (Versant by Pearson) pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Pearson. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
AWS AI Practitioner practice test 2: 55 brand-new original questions for the AWS Certified AI Practitioner exam (AIF-C01), every answer explained, none repeated from our 50-question practice test 1 or the explainer's 10 questions. Weighted like the exam guide: Fundamentals of AI and ML (11 questions: supervised and reinforcement learning, serverless inference, Amazon Transcribe, Comprehend and Personalize, the ML pipeline order, F1, RMSE, foundation models versus traditional ML, business metrics), Fundamentals of GenAI (13: tokens, the context window, top P, self-attention, diffusion models, adaptability, SageMaker JumpStart, Amazon Bedrock, semantic search, fixed workflows versus agents, token cost math, embedding models, conversion rate), Applications of Foundation Models (15: model choice by latency, maximum output tokens, stop sequences, RAG, pgvector on Aurora, Bedrock Agents action groups, zero-shot prompts, JSON output prompts, transfer learning, fine-tuning data quality, human evaluation, Bedrock customization data in S3, A/B testing, Bedrock Flows, validation sets), Guidelines for Responsible AI (8: fairness, SageMaker Clarify, Model Monitor, interpretability, Guardrails denied topics, transparency, selection bias, robustness) and Security, Compliance and Governance (8: least privilege, AWS KMS, AWS Config, Audit Manager, data residency, data poisoning, data lineage, Bedrock data protection). As of October 2026, per AWS: AIF-C01 has 65 questions (50 scored plus 15 unscored, not identified) in 90 minutes, a scaled score of 100-1,000 with 700 to pass, compensatory scoring, US$100, valid 3 years, at a Pearson VUE center or online proctored; retakes after 14 calendar days at the full fee, with no limit on attempts. Exam guide version 1.1 (April 30, 2026) is current. Domains: Fundamentals of AI and ML 20%, Fundamentals of GenAI 24%, Applications of Foundation Models 28%, Guidelines for Responsible AI 14%, Security, Compliance and Governance for AI Solutions 14%. Every question here has one answer; the real exam also has multiple response, ordering and matching items. Our 41-of-55 target is a planning goal, not an AWS number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services.
Chapters 0:00 AWS AI Practitioner practice test two 2:04 Section 1: Fundamentals of AI and ML: Questions 1 to 11 8:46 Section 2: Fundamentals of GenAI: Questions 12 to 24 16:51 Section 3, Part 1: Design and Prompts: Questions 25 to 32 22:01 Section 3, Part 2: Customization and Evaluation: Questions 33 to 39 26:19 Section 4: Guidelines for Responsible AI: Questions 40 to 47 31:20 Section 5: Security, Compliance and Governance: Questions 48 to 55 36:14 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official AWS Certification (AIF-C01 exam guide v1.1) pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full Qiyas GAT (General Aptitude Test, Saudi Arabia) practice test in English: 60 original questions with every answer explained, built on the question types the Education and Training Evaluation Commission (ETEC) lists. The real GAT verbal section is in Arabic, so our 23 verbal questions are English look-alikes of the same four types (verbal analogy, sentence completion, contextual error, reading comprehension), and 37 quantitative questions cover arithmetic (percent, ratio, motion, averages, probability), geometry, algebra and data analysis, with no calculator. ETEC does not publish the number of questions on the test, so the split is ours. Facts as of October 2026 from ETEC pages: multiple choice, 2 hours 5 minutes with timed sections, no calculators, paper and computer versions, no pass or fail (scores show your position among test takers: 81+ top 5%, 78+ top 10%, 73+ top 20%, 70+ top 30%, about 65 average), up to 5 attempts, results valid for 5 years, fees listed by ETEC SAR 100 (paper, early), 150 (paper, late or computer). Published weights (science tracks): verbal analogies 17%, sentence completion 7%, contextual error 10%, reading comprehension 21%, arithmetic 23%, geometry 10%, algebra 4%, data analysis 8%. Pause after each question, write your letter, then hear the answer and the reason. 42 of 60 (70%) is our own planning target, not an ETEC number. Questions are original, not from a real GAT. Independent practice, not affiliated with ETEC or Qiyas.
Chapters 0:00 Qiyas GAT practice test 2:13 Section 1: Verbal Look-alikes, Analogies: Questions 1 to 8 5:24 Section 2: Verbal Look-alikes, Sentence Completion and Contextual Error: Questions 9 to 16 9:15 Section 3: Verbal Look-alikes, Reading Comprehension: Questions 17 to 23 13:56 Section 4: Arithmetic, Percent, Ratio and Fractions: Questions 24 to 30 17:59 Section 5: Arithmetic, Patterns, Averages, Motion and Probability: Questions 31 to 37 21:46 Section 6: Geometry, Angles, Area, Volume and Coordinates: Questions 38 to 46 27:07 Section 7: Algebra, Equations, Inequalities and Expressions: Questions 47 to 51 29:50 Section 8: Data Analysis, Tables, Averages and Sets: Questions 52 to 60 34:46 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Education and Training Evaluation Commission (ETEC) pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ETEC and Qiyas. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Seven avoidable mistakes on the AWS Certified AI Practitioner exam (AIF-C01), a two-week study plan and seven original practice questions, one aimed at each trap. The mistakes: studying the old exam guide (version 1.1 of April 30, 2026 added agentic AI, the Model Context Protocol, context engineering, token-based pricing, prompt versioning with Bedrock Prompt Management, hallucination grounding, and Bedrock AgentCore, Strands Agents and Kiro), ignoring the four question types (multiple choice, multiple response, ordering and matching; no partial credit, no penalty for guessing, blanks count as wrong), jumping straight to fine-tuning instead of climbing the customization ladder (prompts, RAG, fine-tuning, continued pre-training, pre-training from scratch), mixing up evaluation metrics (ROUGE, BLEU, BERTScore, LLM-as-a-judge, precision, recall, F1, business metrics), mixing up look-alike services (Macie, CloudTrail, Config, Inspector, Artifact, Audit Manager, Guardrails, Clarify, Model Monitor), skipping the two 14% domains that together equal the biggest domain, and running out of time (about 83 seconds per question). As of October 2026, per AWS: AIF-C01 has 65 questions (50 scored plus 15 unscored, not identified) in 90 minutes, a scaled score of 100-1,000 with 700 to pass, compensatory scoring, US$100, valid 3 years, at a Pearson VUE center or online proctored; retakes after 14 calendar days at the full fee, with no limit on attempts. Exam guide version 1.1 (April 30, 2026) is current. Domains: Fundamentals of AI and ML 20%, Fundamentals of GenAI 24%, Applications of Foundation Models 28%, Guidelines for Responsible AI 14%, Security, Compliance and Governance for AI Solutions 14%. The two-week plan, pacing and study suggestions are our own, not AWS's. Practice questions are original, not from the real exam. Independent guide, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:49 AIF-C01 Facts in One Minute 1:35 Mistake 1: Studying the Old Guide 2:30 Mistake 2: Ignoring the Question Types 3:17 Mistake 3: Jumping to Fine-Tuning 4:22 Mistake 4: Mixing Up the Metrics 5:16 Mistake 5: Mixing Up Look-Alike Services 6:07 Mistake 6: Skipping the Small Domains 6:44 Mistake 7: Running Out of Time 7:33 A Two-Week Plan 8:27 Spot the Trap, Part One 10:12 Spot the Trap, Part Two 11:18 Recap
Exam facts are from the official AWS Certification (AIF-C01 exam guide v1.1) pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Qiyas GAT (General Aptitude Test, Saudi Arabia) explained from the Education and Training Evaluation Commission (ETEC) pages, as of October 2026. A multiple-choice test with a verbal section (verbal analogies 17%, sentence completion 7%, contextual error 10%, reading comprehension 21%) and a quantitative section (for the science tracks: arithmetic 23%, geometry 10%, algebra 4%, data analysis 8%). Total test time is 2 hours 5 minutes, with timed sections, no calculators, and no going back to an earlier section on computer. ETEC's pages do not publish an exact question count, so we do not quote one. Who can register (Grade 11, Grade 12 or high school graduates), accepted ID, fees listed by ETEC (paper SAR 100 early / SAR 150 late, computer SAR 150, outside the Kingdom SAR 200), 5 attempts, results valid for 5 years, results in 3 to 5 business days (computer) or about a month (paper). There is no pass or fail: scores show your position among test takers (81+ top 5%, 78+ top 10%, 73+ top 20%, 70+ top 30%, about 65 average) and each university sets its own weight. The real verbal section is in Arabic, so the verbal practice questions here are English look-alikes of the same question types. Then 10 original practice questions with answers: analogy, sentence completion, contextual error, reading, percent, time and motion, geometry, algebra, data analysis and probability. Study tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with ETEC or Qiyas.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:59 What the G A T Is 1:42 Who Can Take It 2:24 Format and Timing 3:25 The Verbal Section 4:15 The Quantitative Section 5:07 Scoring 6:04 Cost, Retakes and Results 6:54 How to Study 7:37 Practice Questions, Part One 9:40 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:34 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Education and Training Evaluation Commission (ETEC) pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ETEC and Qiyas. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
SIE practice test 3: 60 brand-new original questions for FINRA's Securities Industry Essentials exam, every answer explained, none repeated from our 75-question SIE practice test 1 or our 55-question practice test 2. Weighted like FINRA's content outline: Capital Markets (10 questions: clearing brokers, the DTCC, the fourth market, municipal advisors, fiscal versus monetary policy, the business cycle, lagging indicators, the discount rate, exchange rates, SIPC), Products and Their Risks (26: warrants, ADRs, liquidation order, Form 144, call profit, covered call breakeven, index option settlement, the Options Disclosure Document, in-the-money options, political risk, rebalancing, hedge funds, mortgage REITs, current yield, accrued interest, triple tax-free municipals, revenue bonds, Treasury auctions, extension risk, FDIC limits, right of accumulation, the public offering price, redemption timing, annuity payout units, ABLE accounts, limited partnerships), Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities (19: stop-limit orders, fill-or-kill, matched orders, short-sale dividends, the alternative uptick rule, total return, basis points, split cost basis, tender offers, freeriding, short margin, margin calls, tenants in common, UTMA gifts, the Roth five-year rule, OFAC, SARs, the T+1 ex-dividend date, reverse splits) and the Regulatory Framework (5: records retention, Regulation S-P, business continuity plans, FINRA arbitration eligibility, SIPC notices). As of October 2026, per FINRA: 75 scored multiple-choice questions plus 5 unscored pretest items (per FINRA's 2025 content outline), 1 hour 45 minutes, a scaled passing score of 70 and a $100 fee. Sections: Capital Markets 16%, Products and Their Risks 44%, Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities 31%, Regulatory Framework 9%. Retake waits are 30 days after a first or second failed attempt and 180 days after a third, dropping to 15 and 60 days from January 19, 2027. Our 45-of-60 target is a planning estimate, not a FINRA rule. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 SIE practice test 3 1:38 Section 1: Capital Markets: Questions 1 to 10 7:41 Section 2, Part 1: Stocks, Options & Risk: Questions 11 to 23 15:20 Section 2, Part 2: Bonds, Funds & Annuities: Questions 24 to 36 23:27 Section 3: Trading, Accounts & Prohibited Activities: Questions 37 to 55 34:36 Section 4: Regulatory Framework: Questions 56 to 60 37:26 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length California notary practice test: 55 original questions on the 2026 California Secretary of State Notary Public Handbook, every answer explained and checked against the Handbook and the Government and Civil Codes it reprints. Sections follow the shape CPS HR publishes for the 40 scored exam questions (misconduct and fees 15, notarial acts and documentation 12, administrative procedures 5, identification and subscribing witnesses 4, immigration and foreign language 4); the seven sections and counts are our own grouping: Appointment and administrative procedures (8), Acknowledgments and jurats (8), Other notarial acts and documents (7), Identification and subscribing witnesses (6), Immigration and foreign language (5), Misconduct and discipline (11), Fees and the journal (10). As of October 2026, per the California Secretary of State and CPS HR Consulting: the exam is 45 multiple-choice questions (40 scored, 5 unscored), 1 hour, closed book, with a scaled score of at least 70 needed to pass (not 70 percent correct); the exam and application processing fee is $40 ($20 retake); the education requirement is a six-hour approved course (three-hour refresher for a current notary renewing on time); the bond is $15,000; the oath and bond are due within 30 days; a commission lasts four years. No official pass rate is published. Our 41-of-55 target (about 75%) is our own planning goal, not a state number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with the California Secretary of State.
Chapters 0:00 California notary practice test 1:51 Section 1: Appointment and Administrative Procedures: Questions 1 to 8 6:44 Section 2: Acknowledgments and Jurats: Questions 9 to 16 11:43 Section 3: Other Notarial Acts and Documents: Questions 17 to 23 16:21 Section 4: Identification and Subscribing Witnesses: Questions 24 to 29 20:50 Section 5: Immigration and Foreign Language: Questions 30 to 34 24:24 Section 6: Misconduct and Discipline: Questions 35 to 45 31:13 Section 7: Fees and the Journal: Questions 46 to 55 37:04 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official California Secretary of State, Notary Public Section pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the California Secretary of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The 10 question types on FINRA's Securities Industry Essentials (SIE) exam that trip people up most, and how to beat each one, plus 8 original practice questions with explained answers. The ranking is our own judgment: FINRA does not publish which questions are hardest. The ten traps: options math (buyer or writer, breakevens, times 100), bond yields (nominal, current, yield to maturity, yield to call; price and yield move opposite), margin math (Regulation T 50 percent, 25 percent maintenance, equity is market value minus the debit), order types (stop versus limit, direction), tax rules (holding period, wash sales, inherited stock, the $3,000 capital loss deduction), fund pricing and share classes (forward pricing, NAV divided by one minus the sales charge, Class A and Class C), offering exemptions (Regulation D, Rules 144 and 144A, intrastate), look-alike violations (churning, front-running, selling away, spoofing, matched orders, freeriding), numbers and deadlines (T+1, CTR over $10,000, SAR in 30 days, Form U4 in 30 days, the $300 gift limit) and the NOT / EXCEPT wording trap. As of October 2026, per FINRA: 75 scored questions in 1 hour 45 minutes, a scaled passing score of 70, a $100 fee, age 18 or older with no sponsoring firm required, and a pass is valid for four years. FINRA's 2025 content outline says each exam also includes 5 unscored pretest items. Sections: Capital Markets 16% (12 questions), Products and Their Risks 44% (33), Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities 31% (23), Regulatory Framework 9% (7). Retake waits are 30 days after a first or second failed attempt and 180 days after a third, dropping to 15 and 60 days from January 19, 2027. The study tips and the 10 minutes a day suggestion are our own estimates, not FINRA's. Practice questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:52 SIE Facts in One Minute 1:58 Types 1 and 2: Options Math and Bond Yields 2:52 Types 3 and 4: Margin Math and Order Types 3:38 Types 5 and 6: Tax Rules and Fund Pricing 4:30 Types 7 and 8: Offering Exemptions and Look-Alike Violations 5:22 Types 9 and 10: Deadlines and the Not-Except Trap 6:12 Beat the Hard Questions 6:58 Eight Hard Questions, Part One 8:53 Eight Hard Questions, Part Two 10:20 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The California notary public exam and commission, explained from the California Secretary of State (sos.ca.gov/notary) and the 2026 Notary Public Handbook, as of October 2026. To qualify you must be 18 or older, a legal California resident, complete a Secretary of State approved six-hour course (a three-hour refresher if you are a current notary applying before your commission expires), pass the written exam and pass a fingerprint background check; all convictions, even dismissed ones, must be disclosed. The exam is administered by CPS HR Consulting: 45 multiple-choice questions (40 scored, 5 unscored), 1 hour, closed book, and a scaled score of at least 70 on a 0-100 scale, which is not the same as 70 percent correct. CPS HR publishes the spread of the 40 scored questions: misconduct and fees 15, notarial acts and documentation 12, administrative procedures 5, identification and subscribing witnesses 4, immigration and foreign language 4. The exam and application processing fee is $40 ($20 for a retake), paid by check or money order to the Secretary of State (no cash). You may test once per calendar month; results are mailed about 15 business days later and are valid for one year. After you pass: Live Scan fingerprints (the Secretary of State does not quote the fee; check with the Live Scan site), a $15,000 surety bond, and an oath filed with your county clerk within 30 calendar days of the start of your commission or the commission is void. A commission lasts four years and is valid statewide. Maximum notary fees: $15 per signature for an acknowledgment and $15 for a jurat. California does not currently allow remote online notarization by video. Course, bond premium, seal and journal prices vary and are not quoted here. Then 10 original practice questions, each checked against the Handbook. Study plan is our own suggestion. Independent guide, not affiliated with the California Secretary of State.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:58 What a California Notary Does 1:35 Who Can Apply 2:15 The Seven Steps 2:55 The Exam 3:46 Exam Day and Results 4:32 Costs and Time 5:26 The Seal, Journal and I D 6:24 What Notaries Can't Do 7:27 How to Study 8:04 Practice Questions, Part One 9:59 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:54 Recap
Exam facts are from the official California Secretary of State, Notary Public Section pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the California Secretary of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Civil Service Verbal Test rapid review: 80 quick original questions, one- or two-sentence passages and one-line explanations, grouped into eight reading rules (10 questions each). Rule 1, Only the Passage Counts. Rule 2, All, Some, Most, None. Rule 3, Only, If and Unless. Rule 4, May, Will, Should, Must. Rule 5, Cause Versus Link. Rule 6, Past, Present and Plans. Rule 7, Numbers and Comparisons. Rule 8, Claims, Quotes and the Main Point. As of October 2026, per the gov.uk guidance: the Civil Service Verbal Test shows a text passage followed by a statement, and you decide whether the statement is true, false or cannot say based on the information given; it measures the ability to identify relevant information and draw logical conclusions from written information. It is untimed (most people take 15 to 45 minutes; allow at least an hour), adaptive (length varies, every question must be answered, no skipping or going back) and includes unscored trial items. Your score is a percentile against a representative group; each job level has a minimum standard, the recruiter may raise the pass mark after the deadline, and a pass is banked for six months for jobs in the same grade group. No fixed pass mark is published. Real items have three answer choices; every question here has four options, so you practise the same judgements in a different format. The eight-rule grouping is ours. Our 64-of-80 target is a planning estimate, not an official pass mark. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the Civil Service or the Cabinet Office.
Chapters 0:00 Rapid review: 8 rules, 80 questions 1:11 Rule 1: Only the Passage Counts: Questions 1 to 10 5:59 Rule 2: All, Some, Most, None: Questions 11 to 20 10:57 Rule 3: Only, If and Unless: Questions 21 to 30 16:11 Rule 4: May, Will, Should, Must: Questions 31 to 40 21:05 Rule 5: Cause Versus Link: Questions 41 to 50 26:22 Rule 6: Past, Present and Plans: Questions 51 to 60 31:27 Rule 7: Numbers and Comparisons: Questions 61 to 70 36:23 Rule 8: Claims, Quotes and the Main Point: Questions 71 to 80 41:40 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CCNA practice test 3: 50 brand-new original questions for the Cisco CCNA 200-301 v1.1 exam, every answer explained, none repeated from our 75-question practice test 1 or practice test 2. Weighted like the v1.1 blueprint: Network Fundamentals (10 questions: broadcast address of a /19, the smallest prefix for a router link, IPv6 global unicast, EUI-64, OSI layers, crossover cables, TCP window size, SaaS, CEF and the FIB, duplex mismatch), Network Access (10: trunk allowed-VLAN lists, STP tie-breakers, PAgP mode pairs, EtherChannel flags, 2.4 GHz vs 5 GHz, sniffer AP mode, disabling CDP, extended VLANs, ip routing on a Layer 3 switch, DTP nonegotiate), IP Connectivity (12: O IA routes, packets with no route, IPv6 static routes with a link-local next hop, administrative distance, link-state basics, OSPF multicast addresses, show ip ospf interface, router ID changes, ExStart and MTU, HSRP virtual IP, OSPF cost with a custom reference bandwidth), IP Services (5: PAT overload, DHCP excluded addresses, NTP master, QoS trust boundary, SNMP trap port), Security Fundamentals (8: ACL number ranges, extended ACEs, outbound ACL behavior, show access-lists, port-security protect mode, AAA accounting, TACACS+ vs RADIUS, WPA2 AES-CCMP) and Automation and Programmability (5: HTTP 404, JSON data types, controller-based networking, Puppet, generative AI cautions). As of October 2026, per Cisco: CCNA v1.1 is 120 minutes and US$300 per attempt, online or at a Pearson VUE test center, in English or Japanese; Cisco does not publish a question count or a fixed passing score, and your score report shows section scores and the passing score for your exam. Cisco says v1.1 is available through February 2, 2027, and CCNA v2.0 (still 200-301) starts February 3, 2027. This video covers multiple-choice questions only; our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not a Cisco number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Cisco.
Chapters 0:00 CCNA practice test 3 2:21 Section 1: Network Fundamentals: Questions 1 to 10 9:22 Section 2: Network Access: Questions 11 to 20 15:54 Section 3: IP Connectivity, Routing: Questions 21 to 26 21:06 Section 3: IP Connectivity, OSPF and Redundancy: Questions 27 to 32 25:38 Section 4: IP Services: Questions 33 to 37 29:39 Section 5: Security Fundamentals: Questions 38 to 45 35:50 Section 6: Automation and Programmability: Questions 46 to 50 39:01 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Cisco pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full UPCAT reviewer practice test: 60 original questions in English with every answer explained, covering the four UPCAT subtests as listed by the UP Office of Admissions (language proficiency, reading comprehension, science and math). Our own split: 17 language (grammar, vocabulary, word choice), 14 reading passages, 15 science (biology, chemistry, physics, earth science) and 14 math (algebra, geometry, probability, sequences). UP does not publish item counts per subtest, so the split is ours; the Filipino portions are not covered. Facts as of October 2026: UPCAT 2027 (for academic year 2027-2028) was held August 1 and 2, 2026, results are expected in the first half of 2027, your UPCAT score is combined with your Grade 8 to 11 average into the UPG, and no fixed UPG guarantees admission. We have seen no announcement yet for the next cycle. Pause after each question, write your letter, then hear the answer and the reason. There is no official passing mark; 42 of 60 (70%) is our own planning target, not a UP number. Questions are original, not from a real UPCAT. Independent practice, not affiliated with the University of the Philippines.
Chapters 0:00 UPCAT practice test 1:54 Section 1: Language Proficiency, Grammar and Usage: Questions 1 to 9 6:32 Section 2: Language Proficiency, Vocabulary and Word Choice: Questions 10 to 17 10:25 Section 3: Reading Comprehension, Short Passages 1: Questions 18 to 24 15:19 Section 4: Reading Comprehension, Short Passages 2: Questions 25 to 31 20:47 Section 5: Science, Biology and Chemistry: Questions 32 to 39 25:26 Section 6: Science, Physics and Earth Science: Questions 40 to 46 29:38 Section 7: Mathematics, Algebra: Questions 47 to 53 33:39 Section 8: Mathematics, Geometry, Probability and Sequences: Questions 54 to 60 37:08 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official University of the Philippines Office of Admissions pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the University of the Philippines. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
An ITIL 5 Foundation rapid review for the night before the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam: 86 short original questions on the facts most likely to be tested, each answered in a sentence or two. Block 1, key terms: value and products (11). Block 2, key terms: services and relationships (11: roles, relationship types, service journey, service levels, SLAs, digital product vendors). Block 3, the four dimensions and PESTLE (9). Block 4, the eight lifecycle activities and what sits under each (11). Block 5, value system components, the seven guiding principles and governance (10). Block 6, value chain definitions: incident, event, problem, known error, error, service request, release, continuous integration, delivery and deployment, observability, disaster (12). Block 7, practices, metrics, CSFs, KPIs and the continual improvement model (11). Block 8, value streams, AI maturity, GenAI, agentic AI, AI governance, the ITIL AI Capability Model, DevOps and PRINCE2 (11). As of October 2026, per PeopleCert: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 26 marks (65%) to pass, no negative marking, up to 75 minutes if not in your native or working language. Syllabus weights: value system 40%, key terms 30%, four dimensions 10%, lifecycle 10%, value streams 5%, AI 2.5%, other frameworks 2.5%. Our 69-of-86 target is our own planning estimate. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 How the rapid review works 1:18 Section 1: Key Terms: Value and Products: Questions 1 to 11 6:55 Section 2: Key Terms: Services and Relationships: Questions 12 to 22 12:32 Section 3: The Four Dimensions: Questions 23 to 31 17:04 Section 4: The Product and Service Lifecycle: Questions 32 to 42 21:53 Section 5: Value System: Components, Principles, Governance: Questions 43 to 52 27:08 Section 6: Value System: Value Chain Terms: Questions 53 to 64 33:09 Section 7: Value System: Practices and Improvement: Questions 65 to 75 38:10 Section 8: Value Streams, AI and Other Frameworks: Questions 76 to 86 43:45 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor) pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Seven avoidable mistakes on the Cisco CCNA 200-301 exam, with two subnetting traps worked out step by step, a two-week study plan and seven original practice questions, each built around a trap. The mistakes: studying the wrong version (your test date decides the blueprint), reading instead of labbing (Cisco's exam tutorial shows multiple-answer, drag-and-drop and hands-on lab items), the usable-hosts and block-size trap (2^n minus 2, finding the network of 10.4.77.130/21), the subnet-counting and VLSM trap (dot zero is the first subnet; allocate the largest subnet first), wildcard masks and ACL order (wildcard is the inverse mask, first match wins, implicit deny, ip access-group), route selection order (longest prefix, then administrative distance, then metric; OSPF uses cost, not hops) and misreading the question (how many answers, which command mode, no published question count so pace by time). As of October 2026, per Cisco: CCNA 200-301 is 120 minutes and US$300 per attempt, online with a remote proctor or at a Pearson VUE test center; Cisco does not publish a question count, a fixed passing score or a pass rate, and your score report shows section scores and the passing score for your exam. Version 1.1 (six topic areas, IP Connectivity 25%, Network Fundamentals 20%, Network Access 20%, Security Fundamentals 15%, IP Services 10%, Automation and Programmability 10%) is available through February 2, 2027; version 2.0 starts February 3, 2027 with five areas and more troubleshooting. Retake wait: 5 calendar days; the certification is valid 3 years. The two-week plan and the lab and pacing suggestions are our own, not Cisco's. Practice questions are original, not from the real exam. Independent guide, not affiliated with Cisco.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:45 CCNA Facts in One Minute 1:30 Mistake 1: Studying the Wrong Version 2:16 Mistake 2: Reading Instead of Labbing 2:54 Mistake 3: Subnetting Trap, the Block Size 3:37 Mistake 4: Subnetting Trap, Counting and VLSM 4:27 Mistake 5: Wildcard Masks and ACL Order 5:08 Mistake 6: Route Selection Order 5:48 Mistake 7: Misreading the Question 6:28 A Two-Week Plan 7:02 Spot the Trap, Part One 9:11 Spot the Trap, Part Two 10:54 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Cisco pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Hardest Civil Service Verbal Test questions: 32 original passage questions built around the traps that make close calls go wrong, each explanation naming the tempting wrong answer. Trap 1, Combining Sentences (6: panel rules, certificate routes, caps). Trap 2, Exceptions and Unless (5: carried-over leave, internal candidates, sale items). Trap 3, Negatives (5: 'not none', 'not without', 'neither... nor'). Trap 4, Numbers in Words (6: a third of the rest, rate changes, averages, rises on rises, ratios). Trap 5, Claims and Opinions (5: quotes, 'probably', record sales vs profit). Trap 6, Chains and Orderings (5: joining order, cost chains, stage sign-offs, timetables). As of October 2026, per the gov.uk guidance: the Civil Service Verbal Test shows a text passage followed by a statement, and you decide whether the statement is true, false or cannot say based on the information given; it measures the ability to identify relevant information and draw logical conclusions from written information. It is untimed (most people take 15 to 45 minutes; allow at least an hour), adaptive (length varies, every question must be answered, no skipping or going back) and includes unscored trial items. Your score is a percentile against a representative group; each job level has a minimum standard, the recruiter may raise the pass mark after the deadline, and a pass is banked for six months for jobs in the same grade group. No fixed pass mark is published. Real items have three answer choices; every question here has four options, so you practise the same judgements in a different format. The six groups are ours. Our 24-of-32 target is a planning estimate, not an official pass mark. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the Civil Service or the Cabinet Office.
Chapters 0:00 The hardest verbal questions 1:28 Trap 1: Combining Sentences: Questions 1 to 6 6:06 Trap 2: Exceptions and Unless: Questions 7 to 11 10:22 Trap 3: Negatives: Questions 12 to 16 13:46 Trap 4: Numbers in Words: Questions 17 to 22 18:27 Trap 5: Claims and Opinions: Questions 23 to 27 22:00 Trap 6: Chains and Orderings: Questions 28 to 32 25:27 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The UPCAT (University of the Philippines College Admission Test) explained from the UP Office of Admissions' own pages, as of October 2026. UPCAT 2027, for entry in academic year 2027-2028, has already run: applications opened March 3, 2026 (first deadline March 30, extended to April 13), the test was held August 1 and 2, 2026, and UP reports about 153,000 examinees at 118 test centers. UP expects results in the first half of 2027, and we have seen no announcement yet for the next cycle. Who could apply (Grade 11 students in SY 2025-2026, or Grade 12 students who hadn't taken the UPCAT before), the three forms (Form 1 online application, Form 2A school confirmation, Form 2B grades 8 to 11 after the exam) and the certified true copy of the SF-10. The four subtests: language proficiency and reading comprehension (English and Filipino), science and math; the test day takes about five hours with report times of 6:30 a.m. or 12 noon. UP's public pages don't publish item counts, time limits per subtest, fee amounts, UPG weights or fixed cutoffs, so we don't quote any. Your standardized UPCAT score is combined with the average of your Grade 8 to 11 final grades into the UPG. UPCAT 2026 results were released April 22, 2026. Then 10 original reviewer questions in English with answers: grammar, vocabulary, reading, physics, chemistry, algebra, geometry, percent, earth science and agreement. Study tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with the University of the Philippines.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:52 Is the UPCAT Running? 1:50 Who Can Apply 2:40 The Four Subtests 3:23 What Each Subtest Looks Like 4:11 How the U P G Works 4:58 Results and Cutoffs 5:39 How to Study 6:23 Reviewer Questions, Part One 8:33 Reviewer Questions, Part Two 10:30 Recap
Exam facts are from the official University of the Philippines Office of Admissions pages as of 2026-10-25. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the University of the Philippines. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ITIL 5 Foundation scenario questions: 42 original real-world situations for the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam, every answer explained. Case 1, an online retailer (9: costs and risks, utility vs warranty, basic and cooperative relationships, provider vs digital product vendor, the service journey, social PESTLE factors, partners and suppliers, the user role). Case 2, a hospital IT team (9: reduced quality as an incident, problems vs known errors, requests vs incidents, monitoring and event management, change enablement, SRE, service desk, information security management, supplier management). Case 3, a software startup (8: discover, design, acquire, build, transition, operate, deliver, and going back). Case 4, a city council (8: start where you are, focus on value, collaborate, progress iteratively, optimize and automate, governance, political factors, organizations and people). Case 5, a retail bank (8: AI governance, agentic AI, generative AI with human review, the ITIL AI Capability Model, lead time vs work time, core value streams, checking results, project management). As of October 2026, per PeopleCert: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 26 correct (65%) to pass; the syllabus puts 60% of questions at the understanding level. Our 34-of-42 target is our own planning estimate, not a PeopleCert number. Cases are fictional. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 How the scenarios work 1:18 Section 1: Case 1, An Online Retailer: Questions 1 to 9 7:56 Section 2: Case 2, A Regional Hospital: Questions 10 to 18 14:15 Section 3: Case 3, A Software Startup: Questions 19 to 26 19:40 Section 4: Case 4, A City Council: Questions 27 to 34 25:06 Section 5: Case 5, A Retail Bank: Questions 35 to 42 31:05 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor) pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Claude Certified Associate – Foundations (CCAO-F) practice test 2: a completely new set of 50 original questions, none repeated from our first CCAO-F practice test, every answer explained, grouped by Anthropic's 7 official domains and weighted like the blueprint: Prompting and Task Execution (7 questions: brainstorming vs research prompts, matching prompt style to output, task decomposition, numbered steps, the colleague test, self-correction), Output Evaluation and Validation (11: checking cited sources, spot-checking vague claims, biased personas, legal review, plain-language rewrites, structured data for imports, curating sources, fabricated quotes, review by stakes, recomputing totals, translation review), Product and Model Selection (6: file creation, Haiku vs Sonnet vs Opus speed, AI-powered artifacts and usage, chat vs Projects, memory, RAG for large project knowledge), Workflow Integration and Solution Design (8: requirements, vendor selection, bottlenecks, redesign vs augment, iteration, Associate scope, planning, documentation), Configuration and Knowledge Management (6: Project sharing permissions, connector approvals, instruction exceptions, Project memory, Google Drive vs uploads, updating every configuration source), Governance, Risk and Responsible Use (7: high-risk housing decisions, impersonation, attribution, tracking without consent, company AI policy, intellectual property, phishing) and Troubleshooting and Optimization (5: conflicting Project instructions, learning from feedback, cache expiry and usage, long inputs, messy data). As of October 2026, per Anthropic's official exam guide, certification FAQ and Pearson VUE: 60 multiple-choice and multiple-response items in 120 minutes (plan about 135 minutes of seat time), closed book, Pearson VUE online or at a test center; passing score is a scaled 720 on a 100 to 1,000 scale (no published pass rate or raw-score cutoff); $99 USD per attempt with partner-tier discounts; open to Claude Partner Network staff; retake waits 14, 30 then 90 days; valid 12 months with free on-time renewal; updated exam content from December 7, 2026. Every question here has one answer; the real exam also has multiple-response items. Our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not an official score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 Claude Certified Associate practice test 2 2:35 Section 1: Prompting and Task Execution: Questions 1 to 7 7:56 Section 2: Output Evaluation and Validation: Questions 8 to 18 15:54 Section 3: Product and Model Selection: Questions 19 to 24 20:25 Section 4: Workflow Integration and Solution Design: Questions 25 to 32 26:24 Section 5: Configuration and Knowledge Management: Questions 33 to 38 31:00 Section 6: Governance, Risk, and Responsible Use: Questions 39 to 45 36:22 Section 7: Troubleshooting and Optimization: Questions 46 to 50 40:00 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic pages as of 2026-10-24. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Civil Service Verbal Test drill: 35 original questions on the trickiest judgement, Cannot Say, every answer explained. Part 1, Outside Knowledge (6: things true in real life but not in the passage). Part 2, Some, Most and All (6: 'at least some', overlapping 'mosts'). Part 3, Cause or Just a Link (6: 'after' vs 'because', and one passage that does state a cause). Part 4, Time and Plans (6: 'due to', 'applied for', last year's habit). Part 5, One-Way Rules (6: if, only, only when, unless). Part 6, Missing Numbers (5: percentages without totals, comparisons never made). As of October 2026, per the gov.uk guidance: the Civil Service Verbal Test shows a text passage followed by a statement, and you decide whether the statement is true, false or cannot say based on the information given; it measures the ability to identify relevant information and draw logical conclusions from written information. It is untimed (most people take 15 to 45 minutes; allow at least an hour), adaptive (length varies, every question must be answered, no skipping or going back) and includes unscored trial items. Your score is a percentile against a representative group; each job level has a minimum standard, the recruiter may raise the pass mark after the deadline, and a pass is banked for six months for jobs in the same grade group. No fixed pass mark is published. Real items have three answer choices; every question here has four options, so you practise the same judgements in a different format. The six groups are ours. Our 28-of-35 target is a planning estimate, not an official pass mark. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the Civil Service or the Cabinet Office.
Chapters 0:00 The Cannot Say drill 1:35 Part 1: Outside Knowledge: Questions 1 to 6 5:42 Part 2: Some, Most and All: Questions 7 to 12 10:16 Part 3: Cause or Just a Link: Questions 13 to 18 14:37 Part 4: Time and Plans: Questions 19 to 24 19:07 Part 5: One-Way Rules: Questions 25 to 30 23:11 Part 6: Missing Numbers: Questions 31 to 35 26:51 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A day-by-day, two-week study plan for Anthropic's Claude Certified Associate – Foundations (CCAO-F) exam, the topics that trip people up, and seven hard original practice questions with answers. The plan (about 90 minutes a day, roughly 21 hours, our estimate): days 1-2 read the official exam guide, rate yourself on every objective, try the three official sample questions and a timed practice set, and set up a real Claude Project; days 3-5 prompting and troubleshooting (clear and direct, explain why, 3-5 varied examples, XML tags, find the cause and change one thing at a time); days 6-8 output evaluation (check every specific claim, warning signs, review level by stakes, audience and format); days 9-10 products, models and configuration (chat, Projects, artifacts, Research; Haiku, Sonnet, Opus; instructions, knowledge files, connectors, Project memory); days 11-12 workflows and governance (map a process, escalate API builds to Developers and Architects, the Usage Policy's high-risk areas and hard lines); days 13-14 a full timed test and exam-day logistics. Study hours split by the official weights: Output Evaluation and Validation 21%, Workflow Integration and Solution Design 16%, Governance, Risk and Responsible Use 15%, Prompting and Task Execution 14%, Product and Model Selection 12%, Configuration and Knowledge Management 12%, Troubleshooting and Optimization 10%. Exam facts as of October 2026, per Anthropic's exam guide v1.0, the Partner Academy certification FAQ and Pearson VUE: 60 multiple-choice and multiple-response items in 120 minutes (about 135 minutes in the seat), closed book, scaled score 720 on 100 to 1,000 to pass (no published pass rate), $99 USD per attempt, open to Claude Partner Network staff with a company email, reschedule at least 48 hours ahead, retake waits of 14, 30 then 90 days (up to 4 attempts per rolling 12 months), updated exam content from December 7, 2026 (new guides November 17). The hour splits, daily time and 80% practice target are our own estimates. Practice questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:55 The Exam in One Minute 1:49 How to Split Your Time 2:37 Days 1 and 2: Your Baseline 3:17 Days 3 to 5: Prompting and Troubleshooting 4:01 Days 6 to 8: Output Evaluation 4:45 Days 9 and 10: Products, Models and Config 5:36 Days 11 and 12: Workflows and Governance 6:28 Days 13 and 14: Timed Practice and Exam Day 7:14 The Hardest Topics 7:56 Hardest Questions, Part One 9:55 Hardest Questions, Part Two 11:17 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic pages as of 2026-10-24. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The 34 hardest ITIL 5 Foundation questions we could write: original practice for the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam, built around the traps people fall into, and every explanation says why the tempting wrong answer is wrong. Round 1, look-alike terms (8: output vs outcome, warranty vs utility, risk vs cost, incident vs problem, event vs incident, goods vs access to resources, value stream vs process, cooperative vs partnership). Round 2, ITIL 4 habits (6: deliver and support split, six vs eight activities, four dimensions of product and service management, products plus services, AI-native but technology-agnostic, what carries over). Round 3, the exam's own formats (6: two list questions, two missing word, two NOT questions). Round 4, lifecycle close calls (7: build vs acquire, deliver vs operate, where disaster sits, transition vs build, AI across the lifecycle, requests for information, repeat incidents). Round 5, principles that sound alike (7). As of October 2026, per PeopleCert: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 26 marks (65%) to pass, no negative marking; the syllabus puts 60% of questions at the understanding level and uses list, missing word and, rarely, negative questions. Our 25-of-34 target is our own planning estimate. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 Why these questions are hard 1:22 Section 1: Look-Alike Terms: Questions 1 to 8 7:50 Section 2: ITIL 4 Habits That Cost Marks: Questions 9 to 14 12:49 Section 3: Exam Formats: List, Missing Word, NOT: Questions 15 to 20 17:15 Section 4: Lifecycle Close Calls: Questions 21 to 27 21:53 Section 5: Principles That Sound Alike: Questions 28 to 34 27:07 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor) pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Civil Service Verbal Test practice test 2: 55 new original passage questions, none repeated from practice test 1, in five levels that get harder as you go. Level 1, Warm-up (10: dates, simple rules, orderings). Level 2, Standard (12: totals, exceptions, 'may' vs 'will', averages). Level 3, Tricky (12: gaps between two rules, percentages of percentages, reversed 'all' rules, if-then). Level 4, Hard (11: caps plus conditions, overlaps, reported claims). Level 5, Toughest (10: what must be true, shares of a changing total, renewal exceptions). As of October 2026, per the gov.uk guidance: the Civil Service Verbal Test shows a text passage followed by a statement, and you decide whether the statement is true, false or cannot say based on the information given; it measures the ability to identify relevant information and draw logical conclusions from written information. It is untimed (most people take 15 to 45 minutes; allow at least an hour), adaptive (length varies, every question must be answered, no skipping or going back) and includes unscored trial items. Your score is a percentile against a representative group; each job level has a minimum standard, the recruiter may raise the pass mark after the deadline, and a pass is banked for six months for jobs in the same grade group. No fixed pass mark is published. Real items have three answer choices; every question here has four options, so you practise the same judgements in a different format. The five levels are ours, not an official breakdown. Our 42-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not an official pass mark. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the Civil Service or the Cabinet Office.
Chapters 0:00 Practice test 2: five levels 1:51 Level 1: Warm-up: Questions 1 to 10 8:36 Level 2: Standard: Questions 11 to 22 17:27 Level 3: Tricky: Questions 23 to 34 26:33 Level 4: Hard: Questions 35 to 45 34:42 Level 5: Toughest: Questions 46 to 55 42:17 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length DCAT practice test: 55 original questions for the De La Salle University College Admission Test, every answer explained, worked by hand. DLSU doesn't publish the DCAT's subtests, item count, time limit, weights or a passing score, so this test follows the four areas past test takers and review centers report (unofficial): Mental Ability (13 questions: number and letter series, analogies, a letter code, syllogisms, ordering, directions, odd one out, calendar logic), Mathematics (16: linear equations, exponents, peso ratios, percent change, factoring, work rates, simple vs compound interest, circle area, triangle angles, sin 30°, mean, median, probability, slope, rectangle area), Science (13: mitochondria, meiosis, photosynthesis, a Punnett square, arteries, atomic number, pH, balancing equations, compounds, F = ma, light vs sound, the ohm, the Pacific Ring of Fire) and English and Reading (13: subject-verb agreement, vocabulary, antonyms, idioms, prepositions, and two original reading passages with main idea, detail, inference and author's purpose questions). As of October 2026, per DLSU: apply on Archers Hub and print your test permit; for AY 2027-2028, Manila campus testing is November 8, Laguna campus in early December, and online tests November 27, December 4 and December 11, each with a required mock test. Our 39-of-55 target (about 70%) is our own planning goal, not a DLSU number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with De La Salle University.
Chapters 0:00 DCAT practice test 1:53 Section 1: Mental Ability, Questions 1 to 13 9:31 Section 2: Mathematics, Part 1: Questions 14 to 21 14:51 Section 2: Mathematics, Part 2: Questions 22 to 29 20:14 Section 3: Science, Questions 30 to 42 28:29 Section 4: English, Questions 43 to 49 32:47 Section 4: Reading Comprehension, Questions 50 to 55 37:47 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official De La Salle University (DLSU) Admissions and Scholarships Office pages as of 2026-10-24. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with De La Salle University. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
An ITIL 5 Foundation domain drill: 34 original questions on the ITIL Value System, the biggest area of the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam at 40% of the syllabus, every answer explained. Following the syllabus subtopics: components and purpose (4 questions: the five components, guiding principles, why a system, practices vs activities), the seven guiding principles (9: holistic thinking, experience, observing directly, iteration with a big picture, who to collaborate with, simplify then automate, what optimize means, the four dimensions, changing value), governance (3: the governing body, evaluate-direct-monitor, governance vs management), the value chain (10: product specification, testing, reliability, event vs incident, where continuous delivery sits, release vs deployment, observability, service request vs incident, success metrics, the value chain itself), management practices (4: change enablement, service configuration management, service level management, deployment management) and the continual improvement model (4). As of October 2026, per PeopleCert: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 26 correct (65%) to pass. Our 27-of-34 target is our own planning estimate, not a PeopleCert number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 Why drill the value system 1:16 Section 1: Components and Purpose: Questions 1 to 4 4:01 Section 2: The Guiding Principles: Questions 5 to 13 10:52 Section 3: Governance: Questions 14 to 16 12:56 Section 4: The Value Chain: Questions 17 to 26 20:03 Section 5: Management Practices: Questions 27 to 30 22:40 Section 6: The Continual Improvement Model: Questions 31 to 34 25:05 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor) pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
HEC HAT practice test 2: a completely new set of 50 original questions for Pakistan's Higher Education Aptitude Test, none repeated from our first HAT practice test, every answer explained, no calculator. This one follows the HAT-I mix (30% verbal, 30% analytical, 40% quantitative): Verbal Reasoning (15 questions: analogies, synonyms and antonyms, sentence completion, a pronoun-case question, error spotting and a short reading passage), Analytical Reasoning (15: an ordering game and a grouping game with four questions each, plus main conclusion, weaken, assumption, a syllogism, a letter series, a family relation and a clock angle) and Quantitative Reasoning (20: successive percent changes, profit percent, unit conversion, LCM, fractions of a salary in rupees, work and time, exponents, inequalities, consecutive numbers, weighted averages, triangle area, polygon angles, cube surface area, circles, coordinate distance, median, survey percentages, handshakes, coin probability and meeting trains). As of October 2026, per HEC and the Education Testing Council (ETC): the HAT is 100 multiple-choice questions in 120 minutes on a paper OMR sheet, calculators are not allowed, ETC's qualifying score is 50 out of 100, results are valid for two years, and HEC's Graduate Education Policy asks for 60% for PhD admission. HEC's 2026 calendar lists the last HAT on Sunday 13 December (register by 22 November, result 31 December). From Fall 2027, HEC says MS/MPhil and PhD admission is to be based on GRE or HAT tests run through ETC. Our 35-of-50 target (70%) is our own planning goal, not an HEC number. Questions are original, written in the HAT style, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with HEC or ETC.
Chapters 0:00 HAT practice test 2 2:14 Section 1: Verbal Reasoning, Part 1: Questions 1 to 8 6:33 Section 1: Verbal Reasoning, Part 2: Questions 9 to 15 11:25 Section 2: Analytical Reasoning, Logic Games: Questions 16 to 23 17:43 Section 2: Analytical Reasoning, Arguments and Puzzles: Questions 24 to 30 22:30 Section 3: Quantitative Reasoning, Arithmetic and Algebra: Questions 31 to 40 28:58 Section 3: Quantitative Reasoning, Geometry and Data: Questions 41 to 50 34:53 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Higher Education Commission (HEC) Pakistan, Education Testing Council (ETC) pages as of 2026-10-24. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HEC or ETC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Seven avoidable mistakes that cost marks on Pakistan's HEC Higher Education Aptitude Test (HAT), a six-week study plan, and seven original practice questions, each built around a common trap. The mistakes: picking the wrong category (HAT-I, II, III, IV or General can't be changed once you submit), giving every section equal study time instead of following your category's verbal/analytical/quantitative weights (HAT-I 30/30/40, HAT-II 30/40/30, HAT-III 40/35/25, HAT-IV and General 40/30/30), ignoring the clock (100 questions in 120 minutes is about 72 seconds each), solving logic games in your head, practicing with a calculator (calculators, phones, smart watches and earbuds are banned), registration and test-day slips (your own CNIC, name and date of birth exactly as on your Matric certificate, test city fixed, 1Link/1Bill payment verified on the portal, roll number slip and original CNIC on the day) and aiming only for 50. Facts as of October 2026 from HEC and the Education Testing Council (ETC): ETC's qualifying score is 50 out of 100, results are valid for two years, HEC's Graduate Education Policy asks for 60% for PhD admission and the Commonwealth scholarship asks for at least 60%. HEC's 2026 test calendar lists the last HAT on Sunday 13 December 2026 (online registration closes 22 November, roll number slips 4 December, result 31 December). From Fall 2027 admissions, HEC says MS/MPhil and PhD admission is to be based on GRE or HAT tests run through ETC. ETC's public pages don't state a negative marking rule, and HEC's public pages don't list the fee in PKR. The study plan and time-per-question figures are our own suggestions. Practice questions are original, not from a real paper. Independent guide, not affiliated with HEC or ETC.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:47 HAT Facts in One Minute 1:39 Mistake 1: The Wrong Category 2:19 Mistake 2: Equal Time for Every Section 2:56 Mistake 3: Ignoring the Clock 3:37 Mistake 4: Logic Games in Your Head 4:11 Mistake 5: Practicing With a Calculator 4:44 Mistake 6: Registration and Test-Day Slips 5:30 Mistake 7: Aiming Only for Fifty 6:10 A Six-Week Study Plan 6:55 Spot the Trap, Part One 8:36 Spot the Trap, Part Two 9:58 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Higher Education Commission (HEC) Pakistan, Education Testing Council (ETC) pages as of 2026-10-24. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HEC or ETC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Civil Service Verbal Test practice: 55 original passage questions, every answer explained. Section 1, Finding What's True (14: deadlines, 'until', 'whichever comes first', orderings, survey response rates). Section 2, Spotting What's False (14: contradictions, percentages, rules with exceptions, seating order). Section 3, Recognising Cannot Say (14: cause vs link, future events, 'some' vs 'all', missing figures). Section 4, Drawing Conclusions (13: judgement plus reason, two statements at once, which conclusion follows). As of October 2026, per the gov.uk guidance: the Civil Service Verbal Test shows a text passage followed by a statement, and you decide whether the statement is true, false or cannot say based on the information given; it measures the ability to identify relevant information and draw logical conclusions from written information. It is untimed (most people take 15 to 45 minutes; allow at least an hour), adaptive (length varies, every question must be answered, no skipping or going back) and includes unscored trial items. Your score is a percentile against a representative group; each job level has a minimum standard, the recruiter may raise the pass mark after the deadline, and a pass is banked for six months for jobs in the same grade group. No fixed pass mark is published. Real items have three answer choices; every question here has four options, so you practise the same judgements in a different format. The four-way split is ours, not an official breakdown. Our 44-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not an official pass mark. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the Civil Service or the Cabinet Office.
Chapters 0:00 Civil Service Verbal Test practice 2:10 Section 1: Finding What's True: Questions 1 to 14 13:59 Section 2: Spotting What's False: Questions 15 to 28 24:46 Section 3: Recognising Cannot Say: Questions 29 to 42 35:02 Section 4: Drawing Conclusions: Questions 43 to 55 44:26 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with UK Civil Service (Cabinet Office), Civil Service Verbal Test. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The DCAT (De La Salle University College Admission Test) explained from DLSU's own admissions pages, as of October 2026. Who can apply for first-year college (Grade 12 students graduating at the end of AY 2026-2027; Grade 12 graduates who haven't taken a college course, with a Declaration as a New Student form; PEPT, ALS or NFEA&E passers certified eligible for college; and SAT, AP, IB or A Level holders who meet DLSU criteria, subject to evaluation), plus the Animo Lane for students of De La Salle Philippines schools and children or grandchildren of DLSU Manila alumni. What's on the test: DLSU's public pages don't publish the subtests, item count, time limit, section weights, fee amount or a passing score, so the four areas past test takers report (mental ability, mathematics, science, English and reading comprehension) are labeled unofficial. AY 2027-2028 dates: applications ran July 15 to September 30, 2026; provincial testing September 5 to October 24, 2026; Animo Lane test October 11; Manila campus November 8 (DLSU's calendar also lists November 15); Laguna campus in early December (one DLSU page says December 6, the calendar says December 4); online tests November 27, December 4 and December 11, each with a required mock test two days earlier. DLSU's calendar also lists a Term 2 intake (classes from January 2027): applications October 1 to 28, DCAT November 4, results December 1. How to apply on Archers Hub step by step (consent form if under 18, three ranked program choices, pay the fee and print the test permit, no changes after submitting, corrections through a Service Request ticket). Results come as offer or rejection letters by email; AY 2027-2028 release dates are TBA. Then 10 original practice questions with answers: number and letter series, logic, algebra, a peso discount problem, the Pythagorean theorem, chemical change, average speed, neither/nor agreement and vocabulary in context. Study tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with De La Salle University.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:17 Who Can Take the DCAT 2:14 What's on the Test 3:04 Test Dates for 2026 4:06 How to Apply 5:02 Fees, Results and Scoring 5:35 Test Day and Online Testing 6:01 How to Study 6:40 Practice Questions, Part One 8:27 Practice Questions, Part Two 10:13 Recap
Exam facts are from the official De La Salle University (DLSU) Admissions and Scholarships Office pages as of 2026-10-24. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with De La Salle University. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ITIL 5 Foundation practice test 3: 55 new original questions for the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam, every answer explained, none repeated from our first two ITIL 5 practice tests. Weighted like PeopleCert's ITIL Foundation (Version 5) syllabus v5.0 (February 2026): Key ITIL terms and definitions 30% (16 questions: digital products vs digital services, access to resources, costs removed, risks imposed, user experience, sustainability, service levels, the user role, organizations, partnership relationships, the service journey, digital product vendors, one person in several roles, utility plus warranty, service consumers), the Four Dimensions 10% (6: partners and suppliers, information and technology, culture, PESTLE), the Product and Service Lifecycle 10% (5: discover, acquire, deliver, support, how value chain activities enable the lifecycle), the ITIL Value System 40% (22: guiding principles and how they interact, governance, the value system's purpose, prototypes, continuous integration and delivery, problem, error, disaster, SRE, operating model, the 34 practices, the continual improvement model), Value streams 5% (3: mapping, management, complexity thinking), ITIL and AI 2.5% plus ITIL and other frameworks 2.5% (3: agentic AI, GenAI, PRINCE2). As of October 2026, per PeopleCert: 40 multiple-choice questions, 1 mark each, 60 minutes, closed book, 26 marks (65%) to pass, no negative marking, up to 25% extra time (75 minutes) if not in your native or working language; 40% recall and 60% understanding questions. Our 44-of-55 target (80%) is our own planning estimate, not a PeopleCert number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 How practice test 3 works 2:03 Section 1: Key Terms, Products and Value: Questions 1 to 8 7:40 Section 1: Key Terms, Relationships and Roles: Questions 9 to 16 13:38 Section 2: The Four Dimensions: Questions 17 to 22 17:59 Section 3: The Product and Service Lifecycle: Questions 23 to 27 21:29 Section 4: Value System: Principles and Governance: Questions 28 to 37 28:38 Section 4: Value System: Value Chain, Practices and Improvement: Questions 38 to 49 36:21 Section 5: Value Streams: Questions 50 to 52 38:35 Section 6: ITIL and AI, ITIL and Other Frameworks: Questions 53 to 55 40:51 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor) pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert (owner of ITIL and AXELOS; exam sponsor). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Free PMP practice test PMP practice test: 55 original questions for the Project Management Professional exam, built on PMI's July 2026 Exam Content Outline, every answer explained. People (18: conflict, ground rules, Tuckman, servant leadership, power/interest grid, stakeholder engagement, communication channels, shared vision, knowledge transfer, leadership style, virtual teams, tailored reporting, sprint reviews, product owner, retrospectives), Process (23: choosing predictive, agile or hybrid, work packages, scope baseline, validate scope, float, PERT, fast tracking, CPI, EAC, reserves, velocity, MVP, MoSCoW, cost of quality, control charts, contract types, vendor management, resource smoothing, RACI, burndown charts, closure, transition) and Business Environment (14: governance thresholds, change control, agile change, compliance, external regulation, risk vs issue, risk responses, EMV, issue log, lessons learned, organizational change, ethics). As of October 2026, per PMI's July 2026 Exam Content Outline: 180 questions (170 scored, 10 pretest), 240 minutes, two 10-minute breaks; People 33%, Process 41%, Business Environment 26%; about 40% predictive and 60% adaptive or hybrid items; up to three attempts within a one-year eligibility period. PMI does not publish a passing score; our 42-of-55 target is a planning estimate. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PMI. PMP and PMBOK are registered marks of the Project Management Institute.
Chapters 0:00 How this PMP practice test works 2:08 Section 1: People: Questions 1 to 18 15:10 Section 2: Process: Planning, Scope, Schedule and Cost: Questions 19 to 30 23:30 Section 3: Process: Value, Quality, Procurement and Closure: Questions 31 to 41 31:40 Section 4: Business Environment: Questions 42 to 55 41:40 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Project Management Institute (PMI) pages as of 2026-10-26. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Project Management Institute (PMI). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length CRCST practice test: 53 original sterile processing questions with every answer explained, checked against ANSI/AAMI ST79 concepts, CDC disinfection and sterilization guidance and the HSPA Sterile Processing Technical Manual. Questions are grouped by the seven areas of the HSPA CRCST content outline (revised November 2023) and weighted like it: Cleaning, Decontamination and Disinfection 21% (11 questions: point-of-use care, why cleaning comes first, cool first rinse, ultrasonic cavitation, lumen brushes, protease enzymes, non-critical items, contact time, MEC test strips, washer phases, ATP testing), Preparation and Packaging 21% (11: lighted magnification, ratchet test, insulation testing, peel pouch loading, double pouching, sequential wrapping, internal indicator placement, tray assembly, rigid containers, woven textiles, the 25 lb set limit), Sterilization Process 21% (11: gravity air removal, load configuration, wet packs, cooling, immediate use steam sterilization, EO aeration, no cellulose with hydrogen peroxide, process indicators, BI test pack placement, BI frequency, positive BI recall), Departmental Considerations 15% (8: negative pressure in decon, OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens, EPA disinfectant registration, Safety Data Sheets, ANSI Z358.1 eyewash, attire, humidity, load records), Sterile Storage, Transport and Inventory Management 9% (5), Professional Development and Human Relation Skills 8% (4) and Patient Care Equipment and Distribution 5% (3). None repeat the 10 questions in our CRCST explainer. As of October 2026, per HSPA (myhspa.org and the January 2026 certification handbook): 150 multiple-choice questions (125 scored) in 3 hours at a Prometric test center, no published passing score (Angoff method), $140 per attempt, 400 hands-on hours for full certification (or within 6 months of passing for provisional), renewal every year with 12 CE credits and $50. Our 40-of-53 target (about 75%) is our own planning goal, not an HSPA number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with HSPA (formerly IAHCSMM).
Chapters 0:00 CRCST practice test 2:04 Section 1: Cleaning, Decontamination and Disinfection: Questions 1 to 11 10:03 Section 2: Preparation and Packaging: Questions 12 to 22 17:27 Section 3: Sterilization Process: Questions 23 to 33 25:32 Section 4: Departmental Considerations: Questions 34 to 41 30:55 Section 5: Sterile Storage, Transport and Inventory: Questions 42 to 46 34:23 Section 6: Professional Development and Human Relations: Questions 47 to 50 37:13 Section 7: Patient Care Equipment and Distribution: Questions 51 to 53 39:14 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official HSPA (CRCST content outline, rev. November 2023) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HSPA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length Arizona notary practice test: 54 original questions on Arizona notary law, every answer explained, each checked against the October 2026 Arizona Notary Public Reference Manual, A.R.S. 41-251 to 41-333 and the Secretary of State's rules (A.A.C. R2-12). The state does not publish topic weights, so the eight topics and counts are our own grouping: Commission and qualifications (8), Notarial acts and certificates (9), Signer identification and satisfactory evidence (7), Journal and records including thumbprints (7), The notary seal (5), Fees (5), Prohibited acts and penalties (7) and Remote online notarization (6). As of October 2026, per the Arizona Secretary of State: since July 1, 2025 (A.R.S. 41-270) new and renewing notaries must pass the exam: 45 multiple-choice questions from the 2026 manual in 60 minutes, online or at a Pearson test center, $35 per attempt, 80% to pass (36 of 45); the manual is built into the exam and no printed copy is allowed; 3 attempts, then a 30-day wait; a pass is valid 90 days. Applicants must be 18+, a U.S. citizen or legal permanent resident and an Arizona resident for income tax purposes; the bond is $5,000 for 4 years, the filing fee $43 ($25 application + $18 bond filing), and fees are no charge up to $10 per notary signature (R2-12-1102). Since September 12, 2026 (SB 1479) the signer's right thumbprint goes in the journal for deeds, quitclaim deeds, deeds of trust, other real property documents and powers of attorney. Our 44-of-54 target (about 80%) mirrors the state's passing score but is our own practice goal, not a prediction. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with the Arizona Secretary of State.
Chapters 0:00 Arizona notary practice test 1:36 Topic 1: Commission and Qualifications: Questions 1 to 8 7:26 Topic 2: Notarial Acts and Certificates: Questions 9 to 17 14:06 Topic 3: Signer Identification: Questions 18 to 24 19:39 Topic 4: Journal, Records and Thumbprints: Questions 25 to 31 24:53 Topic 5: The Notary Seal: Questions 32 to 36 28:20 Topic 6: Fees: Questions 37 to 41 31:42 Topic 7: Prohibited Acts and Penalties: Questions 42 to 48 36:51 Topic 8: Remote Online Notarization: Questions 49 to 54 41:02 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Arizona Secretary of State, Business Services Division pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the Arizona Secretary of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The CRCST (Certified Registered Central Service Technician) exam from HSPA, the Healthcare Sterile Processing Association (formerly IAHCSMM), explained from myhspa.org and the HSPA Certification Handbook revised January 2026, as of October 2026. The exam: 150 multiple-choice questions, 125 scored and 25 unscored pretest items you can't tell apart, in 3 hours, computer-based at a Prometric test center (HSPA lists no remote option; no paper version). The passing score is not published: one point per correct answer, pass/fail set on the 125 scored items with the Angoff procedure and approved by the HSPA Certification Council. You see pass/fail on screen; a failing report rates each section At or Above, Below or Well Below, with no percentage score. HSPA's published 2025 counts: 10,083 passed and 5,286 failed (about 66%, our math). Fee: $140 per attempt (includes a $25 non-refundable application fee); processing about 3 to 4 weeks, then a 120-day window to test, no extensions; after a fail, wait at least 6 weeks. Experience: 400 hands-on hours in a sterile processing department, paid or volunteer (120 decontamination, 120 preparing and packaging, 120 sterilization and disinfection, 24 storage and distribution, 16 quality assurance), completed before testing within the past 5 years (full CRCST, recommended) or within 6 months after passing (provisional CRCST, one-time 2-month extension if you work or volunteer in an SPD). Content outline (revised November 2023): Cleaning, Decontamination and Disinfection 21%, Preparation and Packaging 21%, Sterilization Process 21%, Departmental Considerations 15%, Sterile Storage, Transport and Inventory Management 9%, Professional Development and Human Relation Skills 8%, Patient Care Equipment and Distribution 5%. Renewal: every year, 12 technical CE credits plus a $50 fee. References HSPA names: Sterile Processing Technical Manual 9th edition (2023), ANSI/AAMI ST79 and AORN Guidelines for Perioperative Practice. Then 10 original practice questions with answers (Spaulding classification, steam cycle times, biological indicators, Bowie-Dick testing, implant loads, decontamination PPE, event-related sterility, IFU, instrument care). Study plan is our own suggestion. Independent guide, not affiliated with HSPA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:04 What a CRCST Does 1:45 The 400 Hours 2:48 Exam Format 3:34 Passing Score and Results 4:32 Cost and Retakes 5:13 The Seven Content Areas 6:12 Staying Certified 6:41 How to Study 7:39 Practice Questions, Part One 9:38 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:53 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Healthcare Sterile Processing Association (HSPA) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HSPA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length AWS Certified AI Practitioner (AIF-C01) practice test: 50 original questions with every answer explained, each checked against AWS documentation, grouped by the five official domains and weighted like the exam guide: Fundamentals of AI and ML (10 questions: AI vs ML vs deep learning, agentic AI, batch and asynchronous inference, regression, when not to use ML, Amazon Textract, traditional ML vs foundation models, drift and retraining, precision), Fundamentals of GenAI (12: embeddings, chunking, hallucinations, nondeterminism, token-based pricing, context engineering, the Model Context Protocol, supervisor multi-agent patterns, agent memory, Strands Agents, Amazon Bedrock AgentCore Runtime, Kiro), Applications of Foundation Models (14: multimodal model choice, prompt caching, vector stores, Provisioned Throughput, chain-of-thought prompts, prompt injection, Bedrock Prompt Management versions, the customization cost ladder, distillation, continued pre-training, RLHF, BLEU, LLM-as-a-judge, business metrics), Guidelines for Responsible AI (7: biased data, overfitting, Bedrock Model Evaluation, sustainability, IP risk, human-in-the-loop, subgroup analysis) and Security, Compliance and Governance (7: AWS PrivateLink, Amazon Macie, CloudTrail, AWS Artifact, the Guardrails contextual grounding check, Policy in AgentCore, the Generative AI Security Scoping Matrix). As of October 2026, per AWS: 65 questions (50 scored) in 90 minutes, scaled score 100-1,000 with 700 to pass, US$100, valid 3 years; exam guide version 1.1 (April 30, 2026) adds agentic AI, MCP, context engineering, token pricing, Prompt Management, AgentCore, Strands Agents and Kiro. Every question here has one answer; the real exam also has multiple response, ordering and matching items. Our 38-of-50 target is a planning goal, not an AWS number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services.
Chapters 0:00 AWS AI Practitioner practice test 2:13 Section 1: Fundamentals of AI and ML: Questions 1 to 10 10:05 Section 2: Fundamentals of GenAI: Questions 11 to 22 19:28 Section 3, Part 1: Design and Prompts: Questions 23 to 29 25:00 Section 3, Part 2: Customization and Evaluation: Questions 30 to 36 30:38 Section 4: Guidelines for Responsible AI: Questions 37 to 43 36:23 Section 5: Security, Compliance and Governance: Questions 44 to 50 41:46 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official AWS Certification (AIF-C01 exam guide v1.1) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to become an Arizona notary public, explained from azsos.gov (Arizona Secretary of State, Business Services Division) and the October 2026 Arizona Notary Public Reference Manual, as of October 2026. Yes, Arizona now has a state exam: since July 1, 2025 (A.R.S. 41-270) every new and renewing notary must pass it. Register with Pearson first for a candidate ID; the exam is 45 multiple-choice questions from the 2026 manual in 60 minutes, $35 per attempt, online or at a Pearson test center, 80% to pass (36 of 45). It's open book only in the sense that the manual is built into the exam; no printed copy allowed. Three attempts, then a 30-day wait; a pass is good for 90 days. Eligibility (A.R.S. 41-269): 18+, U.S. citizen or legal permanent resident, Arizona resident for income tax purposes, able to read, write and understand English, not disqualified under 41-271 (azsos.gov: no felony unless civil rights restored), and keep the manual. Buy a 4-year $5,000 surety bond from a licensed surety (oath of office on the bond, notarized), then print, sign and send the web application with the original bond and the $43 fee ($25 application + $18 bond filing); processing 4 to 6 weeks. Commission: 4 years. Seal: rubber stamp, dark ink, max 1.5 x 2.5 in or 1.5 in round, with your name, county, expiration date, commission number and the Great Seal of Arizona; one seal only. Paper journal kept at least 5 years; since September 12, 2026 (SB 1479) the signer's right thumbprint is required for deeds, quitclaim deeds, deeds of trust, other real property documents and powers of attorney. Lost or stolen seal or journal: notify within 10 days or a $1,000 civil penalty. Address or surname change: 30 days. Fees: no charge up to $10 per notary signature (R2-12-1102), mileage at the state rate, post your fee schedule; overcharging is a class 5 felony. Remote online notary: must already be commissioned, no extra fee or bond, apply with your technology vendor, be physically in Arizona, keep the audio-video recording 5 years, same $10 cap. What notaries can't do (A.R.S. 41-273): practice law, act as an immigration consultant, use 'notario' or 'notario publico', or notarize where you or your spouse is a party. Then 10 original practice questions with answers, each checked against the manual and rules. For 50 more general notary questions, watch our notary exam practice test. Study plan is our own suggestion. Independent guide, not affiliated with the Arizona Secretary of State.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:58 What an Arizona Notary Does 1:36 Who Can Apply 2:19 The Notary Exam 3:09 Application, Bond and Fees 4:17 Your Seal and Journal 5:35 Fees and ID 6:15 Remote Online Notary 7:02 What Notaries Can't Do 8:05 How to Study 8:44 Practice Questions, Part One 10:15 Practice Questions, Part Two 12:01 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Arizona Secretary of State, Business Services Division pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the Arizona Secretary of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ITIL 5 Foundation practice test 2: 52 brand-new original questions for the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam, every answer explained, none repeated from our first 64-question ITIL 5 practice test or the 10 in our ITIL 5 explainer. Weighted like PeopleCert's official ITIL Foundation (Version 5) syllabus (v5.0, February 2026): Key ITIL Terms and Definitions 30% (16 questions: outputs vs outcomes, costs and risks, utility and warranty, perceived value, value co-creation, feedback, services, goods vs access to resources vs service actions, service offerings, sponsor, customer and user roles, SLAs, provider and consumer roles, VUCA), the Four Dimensions of Product and Service Management 10% (5: organizations and people, value streams and processes, information and technology, PESTLE factors, the holistic approach), the Product and Service Lifecycle 10% (5: non-linear use, design, build, transition, operate), the ITIL Value System 40% (20: its five components, governance, the seven guiding principles, incident, event, known error, service request, release, continuous integration, delivery and deployment, observability, management practices, CSFs vs metrics, the continual improvement model), Value Streams 5% (3: value streams, core vs enabling, lead time), and ITIL and AI plus other frameworks 5% (3: AI strategy and governance first, oversight of autonomous AI, ITIL and DevOps). As of October 2026, per PeopleCert: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 26 correct (65%) to pass, no negative marking, 25% extra time (75 minutes) when not taken in your native or working language, online proctored. Our 42-of-52 target (about 80%) is our own planning goal, not a PeopleCert number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 ITIL 5 Foundation practice test 2 1:53 Section 1: Key Terms, Value and Outcomes: Questions 1 to 8 8:01 Section 1: Key Terms, Services and Relationships: Questions 9 to 16 14:42 Section 2: The Four Dimensions: Questions 17 to 21 18:38 Section 3: The Product and Service Lifecycle: Questions 22 to 26 22:19 Section 4: The Value System and Guiding Principles: Questions 27 to 35 28:47 Section 4: Value Chain, Practices, Improvement: Questions 36 to 46 35:57 Section 5: Value Streams: Questions 47 to 49 38:16 Section 6: ITIL, AI and Other Frameworks: Questions 50 to 52 40:36 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert ITIL Foundation (Version 5) syllabus pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The AWS Certified AI Practitioner exam (AIF-C01), explained from AWS's official certification page and exam guide as of October 2026. The exam: 65 questions (50 scored + 15 unscored, not identified) in 90 minutes; four question types (multiple choice, multiple response, ordering, matching); no penalty for guessing; scaled score 100-1,000 with 700 to pass, compensatory scoring (pass overall, not per domain); US$100; at a Pearson VUE test center or online proctored. AWS publishes no pass rate. Results within five business days; retakes after 14 calendar days at the full fee; valid 3 years (renew by passing the latest version, or by earning AWS Certified Machine Learning Engineer - Associate); certified holders get a 50% discount voucher. What changed in 2026: the code is still AIF-C01 and we found no new exam version announced, but exam guide version 1.1 (April 30, 2026) adds agentic AI, the Model Context Protocol, context engineering, token-based pricing, Amazon Bedrock Prompt Management and hallucination grounding, and brings Amazon Bedrock AgentCore, Strands Agents, Kiro and Amazon Q into scope. AWS said the German and Italian versions retire after October 15, 2026. The five domains: Applications of Foundation Models 28%, Fundamentals of GenAI 24%, Fundamentals of AI and ML 20%, Guidelines for Responsible AI 14%, Security, Compliance and Governance for AI Solutions 14%. Then the services to know and 10 original practice questions with answers (clustering, recall, temperature, Bedrock token pricing, RAG with Knowledge Bases, few-shot prompting vs fine-tuning, ROUGE, Bedrock Guardrails, SageMaker Model Cards, the shared responsibility model). The study plan and per-domain question counts are our own estimates. Independent guide, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:50 What the Exam Is 1:49 Format and Question Types 2:43 Scoring and Results 3:23 Cost, Retakes, and Renewal 4:01 What Changed in 2026 4:59 The Five Domains 5:57 Services to Know 6:46 How to Study 7:28 Practice Questions, Part One 9:27 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:32 Recap
Exam facts are from the official AWS Certification pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Amazon Web Services (AWS). Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length New York notary practice test: 55 original questions on the New York Notary Public License Law, every answer explained, each checked against the Department of State booklet (September 2026 edition), the Executive Law, the Real Property Law and 19 NYCRR Part 182. The Department does not publish topic weights, so the seven topics and counts are our own grouping: Appointment and qualifications (9), Powers and limits (8), Acknowledgments, oaths, affidavits and jurats (9), Fees, records and the journal (8), Misconduct, penalties and prohibited acts including notario advertising (9), Electronic notarization (6) and Definitions (6). As of October 2026, per the NY Department of State: the exam is 1 hour, multiple choice, in person, $15 paid on exam day; walk-in outside NYC, scheduled by email in New York City; results are pass or fail only, and the Department does not publish a question count or passing score (the 70% on study sites is unofficial). The application is $60, a commission lasts 4 years, records of every notarial act have been required since January 25, 2023 and are kept at least 10 years, and electronic notary registration opened February 1, 2023. Our 42-of-55 target (about 75%) is our own planning goal, not a Department number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with the New York Department of State.
Chapters 0:00 New York notary practice test 1:41 Topic 1: Appointment and Qualifications: Questions 1 to 9 7:44 Topic 2: Powers and Limits: Questions 10 to 17 13:19 Topic 3: Acknowledgments, Oaths, Affidavits and Jurats: Questions 18 to 26 19:51 Topic 4: Fees, Records and the Journal: Questions 27 to 34 25:32 Topic 5: Misconduct, Penalties and Prohibited Acts: Questions 35 to 43 31:51 Topic 6: Electronic Notarization: Questions 44 to 49 36:41 Topic 7: Definitions: Questions 50 to 55 40:28 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official New York Department of State, Division of Licensing Services pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the New York Department of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ITIL Foundation (Version 5) explained from PeopleCert's official pages as of October 2026. The exam: 40 multiple-choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, 65% to pass (26 of 40), online proctored from home (computer, webcam, internet; Windows or Mac), in 9 languages, with no prerequisite and no mandatory training. PeopleCert prices (US$): exam bundle $690 (voucher, official eBook, Learning Resource Kit), eLearning $1,029, eLearning+ $1,338 (adds a free retake), official mock exam $109. What changed from ITIL 4: a simplified value chain and the eight-activity ITIL Product and Service Lifecycle Model (Discover, Design, Acquire, Build, Transition, Operate, Deliver, Support); products and services managed together; AI-native and complexity-native guidance; the 34 practices now in two groups (product and service management, general management); practice terms, the service journey model and a refined continual improvement model at Foundation level. What stayed: the ITIL value system, the seven guiding principles and the four dimensions (now 'of product and service management'). PeopleCert's page publishes no topic weights, so we don't quote any. ITIL 4 holders: the optional Foundation Bridge (Version 5) is 20 questions in 30 minutes, 65% to pass, from $263, open to most ITIL 4 certificates; ITIL 4 modules and the Bridge are planned to retire on 31 December 2027. Renewal every 3 years (60 CPD points or another exam), plus the Practice Manager, Managing Professional and Strategic Leader designations. Then 10 new original practice questions with answers (lifecycle activities, four dimensions, products and services, incident vs problem, guiding principles and AI, the Bridge, the value system, practice groups). The study plan is our own suggestion. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:49 What ITIL Version 5 Is 1:40 What Changed From ITIL 4 2:44 What Stayed the Same 3:32 Format and Exam Day 4:09 Cost 4:46 What's on the Exam 5:31 ITIL 4 Holders: The Bridge 6:26 Renewal and What Comes Next 7:04 How to Study 7:43 Practice Questions, Part One 9:42 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:57 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length ServSafe Manager practice test: 54 original questions for the ServSafe Food Protection Manager exam, every answer explained and checked against the 2022 FDA Food Code. Questions are grouped by the ServSafe Manager topic areas, using our own split because ServSafe doesn't publish official percentage weights: Providing Safe Food & Forms of Contamination (9 questions: TCS food, highly susceptible populations, Hepatitis A, Bacillus cereus, histamine/scombroid, toxic metals, the FDA ALERT food defense tool, written allergen notification for unpackaged food, pasteurized eggs), The Safe Food Handler (7: wound covers, jaundice, returning after diarrhea, drinks, jewelry, bare-hand contact, hair restraints), The Flow of Food from Purchasing to Service (19: approved sources, receiving frozen food and shell eggs, shellstock tags, thermometer calibration, storage height, combined-food date marking, FIFO, mechanically tenderized meat, eggs for immediate service, microwave cooking, partial cooking, cooling methods, reheating commercially sealed food, self-service, consumer advisories, ice handling), Food Safety Management Systems & HACCP (6), Safe Facilities & Pest Management (6) and Cleaning & Sanitizing (7). None of the questions repeat our ServSafe Manager explainer or temperatures video. As of October 2026, per servsafe.com: 90 multiple-choice questions (80 scored), 2 hours, 70% to pass (56 of 80), always proctored, certificate valid 5 years unless your state sets less; the 9th edition follows the Supplement to the 2022 FDA Food Code. Our 43-of-54 target (about 80%) is our own planning goal, not a ServSafe number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with ServSafe or the National Restaurant Association.
Chapters 0:00 ServSafe Manager practice test 2:12 Section 1: Safe Food and Forms of Contamination: Questions 1 to 9 8:37 Section 2: The Safe Food Handler: Questions 10 to 16 14:00 Section 3: Flow of Food, Purchasing, Receiving and Storage: Questions 17 to 25 20:05 Section 3: Flow of Food, Preparation and Service: Questions 26 to 35 27:37 Section 4: Food Safety Management Systems and HACCP: Questions 36 to 41 32:13 Section 5: Safe Facilities and Pest Management: Questions 42 to 47 36:19 Section 6: Cleaning and Sanitizing: Questions 48 to 54 40:44 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official ServSafe (National Restaurant Association), FDA Food Code 2022 pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ServSafe or the National Restaurant Association. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The New York State notary public exam and commission, explained from dos.ny.gov (NY Department of State, Division of Licensing Services) and the Notary Public License Law booklet (September 2026 edition), as of October 2026. The exam is a 1-hour, multiple-choice, in-person test; the $15 fee is paid at the exam (check, money order, Visa or Mastercard, no cash). Outside NYC exams are walk-in, first come first served; in New York City you schedule by email with the DOS exam unit. Bring a current government photo ID with signature and two #2 pencils. Results are reported only as pass or fail, by mail, and a pass is valid for 2 years. The Department does not publish a question count or passing score; the 40 questions / 70% you see on study sites is unofficial. Eligibility: 18 or older, NY resident or NY office/business, good moral character, common school education; NY attorneys and certain court clerks skip the exam. Apply online through NY Business Express with your pass slip, a notarized oath of office and the $60 fee ($40 appointment + $20 county clerk filing); DOS sends your commission, oath and signature to your county clerk. A commission lasts 4 years and is valid statewide; renewal is $60 (apply within 90 days before expiration); name/address change $10; report changes within 5 days. Notary fees: $2 per oath, $2 per person for an acknowledgment or proof, $2 for swearing a witness, 75 cents per protest. Since January 2023 every notary keeps records of each act for at least 10 years. Electronic notaries (Executive Law 135-c, registration $60) must be physically in New York, keep the audio-video recording 10 years, and may charge up to $25 per electronic act. What notaries can't do: practice law, give legal advice, draft wills or deeds, split fees with lawyers, use terms like abogado, notarize where they have a financial interest, perform marriages, or issue certified copies. Then 10 original practice questions with answers, each checked against the License Law and 19 NYCRR Part 182. For 50 more general notary questions, watch our notary exam practice test. Study plan is our own suggestion. Independent guide, not affiliated with the New York Department of State.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:00 What a NY Notary Does 1:36 Who Can Apply 2:18 Exam Day 3:15 Scoring and Results 3:39 Fees and Applying 4:38 Fees, ID and the Journal 5:48 Electronic Notarization 6:32 What Notaries Can't Do 7:39 How to Study 8:25 Practice Questions, Part One 10:09 Practice Questions, Part Two 12:02 Recap
Exam facts are from the official New York Department of State, Division of Licensing Services pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the New York Department of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
SIE practice test 2: 55 brand-new original questions for FINRA's Securities Industry Essentials exam, every answer explained, none repeated from our first 75-question SIE practice test. Weighted like FINRA's content outline: Capital Markets (9 questions: transfer agents, designated market makers, intrastate offerings, Rule 144A, the green shoe, the MSRB, real GDP, defensive stocks, disinflation), Products and Their Risks (24: preemptive rights, treasury stock, systematic and liquidity risk, put breakevens, naked calls, put writers, intrinsic and time value, European options, 529 plans, leveraged ETFs, 12b-1 fees, discount bond yields, tax-equivalent yield, Treasury taxation, commercial paper, zero-coupon phantom income, share classes, letters of intent, forward pricing, annuity payouts), Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities (17: buy stops, buy limits, Reg SHO locates, day orders, cash settlement, margin equity, CIP, time-and-price discretion, wash sales, stepped-up basis, holding periods, IRA penalties, SEP IRAs, spoofing, SAR confidentiality, selling away) and the Regulatory Framework (5: statutory disqualification, U4 amendments, the $300 gift limit, the Regulatory Element, the two-year qualification window). As of October 2026, per FINRA: 85 questions (75 scored plus 10 unscored pretest), 1 hour 45 minutes, a scaled score of 70 to pass, and a $100 fee. Sections: Capital Markets 16%, Products and Their Risks 44%, Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities 31%, Regulatory Framework 9%. Retake waits are 30 days after a first or second failed attempt and 180 days after a third, dropping to 15 and 60 days from January 19, 2027. The gift limit rose to $300 on March 30, 2026, and stock settlement is T+1. Our 42-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not a FINRA rule. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 SIE practice test 2 1:33 Section 1: Capital Markets: Questions 1 to 9 8:07 Section 2, Part 1: Stocks, Options & Risk: Questions 10 to 21 16:37 Section 2, Part 2: Bonds, Funds & Annuities: Questions 22 to 33 24:46 Section 3: Trading, Accounts & Prohibited Activities: Questions 34 to 50 36:18 Section 4: Regulatory Framework: Questions 51 to 55 39:50 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The ServSafe Food Protection Manager Certification exam (National Restaurant Association), explained from servsafe.com as of October 2026. Your exam has 90 multiple-choice questions: 80 scored plus 10 unscored pilot questions, with a 2-hour limit. The passing score is 70% (at least 56 of 80), not the 75% you'll still see on older sites. It's always proctored: in person with a registered ServSafe proctor, at a Pearson VUE test center, or online through ProctorU (no Zoom or self-proctoring). ServSafe store prices: exam only $38.99 (access code or printed voucher, proctor separate), $99 with online proctoring, $108.99 at a test center; online course $125; course + exam $152.95, $179 (online proctor) or $188.99 (test center); ServSafe Manager Book 9th edition $54.99. Retests: two attempts within 30 days, then a 60-day wait, no more than four in 12 months, each a new purchase. The certificate is valid 5 years, though some states set less. The current 9th edition follows the Supplement to the 2022 FDA Food Code; ServSafe doesn't publish percentage weights per area. Then 10 new original practice questions with answers (time as a public health control, thawing, 7-day date marking, cooler storage order, glove changes, illness exclusion, handwashing sinks, hot-water sanitizing, HACCP verification, fryer allergen cross-contact), each checked against the 2022 FDA Food Code. For every critical temperature, see our separate ServSafe Manager temperatures video. Study plan is our own suggestion. Independent guide, not affiliated with ServSafe or the National Restaurant Association.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:08 What the Certificate Is 1:50 Format and Exam Day 2:48 Passing Score and Retests 3:24 Cost 4:10 What's on the Exam 5:20 Validity and Renewal 5:41 How to Study 6:37 Practice Questions, Part One 8:45 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:01 Recap
Exam facts are from the official ServSafe (National Restaurant Association) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ServSafe or the National Restaurant Association. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free full-length HEC HAT practice test: 50 original questions for Pakistan's Higher Education Aptitude Test, every answer explained, no calculator. The mix follows the 40/30/30 weights that HAT-IV and HAT-General use: Verbal Reasoning (20 questions: analogies, synonyms and antonyms, sentence completion, two grammar questions and two short reading passages), Analytical Reasoning (15: two logic games with four questions each, plus assumption, strengthen and flaw questions, a syllogism, a number series, a letter code and a direction puzzle) and Quantitative Reasoning (15: percent change, ratios in rupees, averages, average speed, linear and quadratic equations, simple interest, ages, triangle angles, rectangle area, circles, the Pythagorean theorem, a small data table, overlapping sets and probability). HAT-I takers (30/30/40) should add extra math practice and HAT-II takers (30/40/30) extra logic games. As of October 2026, per HEC and the Education Testing Council (ETC): the HAT is 100 multiple-choice questions in 120 minutes on a paper OMR sheet, calculators are not allowed, ETC's qualifying score is 50 out of 100, results are valid for two years, and HEC's Graduate Education Policy asks for 60% for PhD admission. From Fall 2027, HEC says MS/MPhil and PhD admissions are to be based on GRE or HAT tests run through ETC. Our 35-of-50 target (70%) is our own planning goal, not an HEC number. Questions are original, written in the HAT style, not real exam questions. Independent practice, not affiliated with HEC or ETC.
Chapters 0:00 HAT practice test 2:17 Section 1: Verbal Reasoning, Part 1: Questions 1 to 10 7:18 Section 1: Verbal Reasoning, Part 2: Questions 11 to 20 14:15 Section 2: Analytical Reasoning, Logic Games: Questions 21 to 28 20:45 Section 2: Analytical Reasoning, Arguments and Puzzles: Questions 29 to 35 26:05 Section 3: Quantitative Reasoning, Arithmetic and Algebra: Questions 36 to 43 31:42 Section 3: Quantitative Reasoning, Geometry and Data: Questions 44 to 50 36:16 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Higher Education Commission (HEC) Pakistan, Education Testing Council (ETC) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HEC or ETC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The whole FINRA SIE (Securities Industry Essentials) exam in 12 minutes, checked against FINRA's exam page and content outline as of October 2026. Your exam has 85 multiple-choice questions: 75 scored plus 10 unmarked, unscored pretest questions, in 1 hour 45 minutes (about 74 seconds each). The passing score is a scaled 70, not 70% correct, and there's no penalty for guessing. The fee is $100, you need to be 18 or older but you don't need a sponsoring firm, and a pass stays valid for four years. The four sections: Capital Markets 16% (12 Qs), Products and Their Risks 44% (33 Qs), Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities 31% (23 Qs), Regulatory Framework 9% (7 Qs). What's new: retake waits drop from 30/180 days to 15/60 days starting January 19, 2027; the FINRA gift limit rose to $300 on March 30, 2026; stock settlement is T+1. Then 10 new original practice questions with answers (exempt securities, shelf registration, put max gain, REIT distribution, reinvestment risk, UITs, ex-date under T+1, JTWROS, churning, SIPC limits), none repeated from our 75-question SIE practice test. Study plan and score targets are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 The SIE in 12 Minutes 0:51 What the SIE Is 1:31 Exam Day 2:08 Scoring 2:42 The Four Sections 3:21 What's in Each Section 4:10 Cost, Sign-Up and Retakes 4:46 What's New in 2026 5:25 A Four-Week Plan 6:01 Practice Questions, Part One 8:15 Practice Questions, Part Two 10:36 After the SIE 11:04 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Pakistan's HEC Higher Education Aptitude Test (HAT), explained from HEC and Education Testing Council (ETC) pages as of October 2026. The regular HAT for MS/MPhil and PhD admission and HEC scholarships is 100 MCQs in 120 minutes on an OMR sheet, in five categories by your 16-year degree: HAT-I (Engineering & Technology, CS, Math, Statistics, Physics) 30% verbal / 30% analytical / 40% quantitative; HAT-II (Management Sciences, Business) 30/40/30; HAT-III (Arts & Humanities, Social Sciences, Psychology, Law) 40/35/25; HAT-IV (Agriculture & Veterinary, Biological & Medical, Physical Sciences, Education, Media) 40/30/30; HAT-General (Religious Studies, madrasa graduates) 40/30/30. ETC's qualifying score is 50 out of 100 and results are valid for two years; HEC's Graduate Education Policy 2023 asks for 50% for MS/MPhil and 60% for PhD, and the Commonwealth scholarship needs at least 60%. Register on the ETC portal with your own CNIC and pay through 1Link/1Bill; the fee is non-refundable, and HEC's public pages don't list the amount in PKR (it's shown on the portal). HEC's 2026 calendar: tests on Sunday 25 October (result 16 November) and Sunday 13 December (register by 22 November, result 31 December). Big change: from Fall 2027 admissions, HEC says MS/MPhil admission is to be based on GRE/HAT-General and PhD admission on GRE/HAT-Subject, run through ETC (notified 13 May 2026, deferred from Fall 2026 on 25 May 2026); no HAT Subject format has been published yet. Then 10 original practice questions with answers: analogy, sentence completion, antonym, a logic game, critical reasoning, a syllogism, a number series, a discount-and-tax problem in rupees, simultaneous equations and a work-rate problem. Study tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with HEC or ETC.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:11 What the HAT Is For 1:51 The Five HAT Categories 2:38 Section Weights by Category 3:29 Format and Test Day 4:13 Passing Score and Validity 5:02 Registration, Fees and Test Dates 5:54 The Fall 2027 Change 6:43 How to Study 7:21 Practice Questions, Part One 9:13 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:13 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Higher Education Commission (HEC) Pakistan, Education Testing Council (ETC) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with HEC or ETC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CCNA practice test 2: 55 brand-new original questions for the Cisco CCNA 200-301 v1.1 exam, every answer explained, none repeated from our first 75-question CCNA practice test. Weighted like the v1.1 blueprint: Network Fundamentals (11 questions: subnetting a /16 and a /22, last usable host in a /28, IPv6 unique local, loopback and all-nodes multicast, next-generation firewalls, the TCP handshake, containers, interface status, spine-leaf), Network Access (11: trunk mode, DTP dynamic auto, allowed VLAN lists, voice VLAN, CDP detail, EtherChannel mode on, RSTP alternate ports, root port and root bridge selection, FlexConnect, ip default-gateway), IP Connectivity (14: the L route code, longest match vs administrative distance, eBGP AD, ECMP, IPv6 default routes and unicast-routing, host routes, OSPF network types, 2-Way state, interface OSPF, passive-interface, default-information originate, reference bandwidth, HSRP preempt), IP Services (6: static NAT, ip nat inside, shaping vs policing, TFTP, SSH key prerequisites, DHCP client), Security Fundamentals (8: named ACLs, wildcard masks, ACL order, sticky MACs, port-security maximum, MFA, WPA Enterprise with 802.1X, transport input ssh) and Automation and Programmability (5: PUT, JSON objects, Ansible, southbound NETCONF, machine learning in network operations). As of October 2026, per Cisco: CCNA v1.1 is 120 minutes and US$300 per attempt, online or at a Pearson VUE test center, in English or Japanese; Cisco does not publish a question count or a fixed passing score, and your score report shows section scores and the passing score for your exam. v1.1 weights: IP Connectivity 25%, Network Fundamentals 20%, Network Access 20%, Security Fundamentals 15%, IP Services 10%, Automation and Programmability 10%. Cisco says v1.1 is available through February 2, 2027, and CCNA v2.0 (still 200-301) starts February 3, 2027. This video covers multiple-choice questions only; our 44-of-55 target is a planning estimate, not a Cisco number. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Cisco.
Chapters 0:00 CCNA practice test 2 2:33 Section 1: Network Fundamentals: Questions 1 to 11 10:16 Section 2: Network Access: Questions 12 to 22 18:05 Section 3: IP Connectivity: Questions 23 to 36 28:13 Section 4: IP Services: Questions 37 to 42 32:25 Section 5: Security Fundamentals: Questions 43 to 50 38:13 Section 6: Automation and Programmability: Questions 51 to 55 41:38 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Cisco pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Claude Certified Associate - Foundations (CCAO-F) practice test: 50 original questions with answers and explanations, grouped by Anthropic's 7 official domains and weighted like the blueprint: Prompting and Task Execution (7 questions: context, task decomposition, few-shot examples, XML tags, roles, iteration), Output Evaluation and Validation (11: hallucinations, verifying with quotes, best-of-N checks, bias, human review, completeness, audience, tables vs artifacts vs inline), Product and Model Selection (6: Research, Projects, Haiku vs Sonnet vs Opus, context rot, new chats), Workflow Integration and Solution Design (8: process mapping, use cases, human checkpoints, stakeholders, baselines, escalation, pilots, connectors), Configuration and Knowledge Management (6: Project instructions, knowledge files, Google Workspace connectors, Skills), Governance, Risk and Responsible Use (7: confidential data, high-risk decisions, chatbot disclosure, fake reviews, attribution, data minimization, health claims) and Troubleshooting and Optimization (5). As of October 2026, per Anthropic's official exam guide and certification FAQ: 60 multiple-choice and multiple-response items in 120 minutes (plan about 135 minutes of seat time), closed book, proctored by Pearson VUE online or at a test center, in English or Japanese; passing score is a scaled 720 on a 100 to 1,000 scale (no published pass rate or raw-score cutoff); fee $99 USD per attempt with partner-tier discounts; open to Claude Partner Network staff; domain weights 14/21/12/16/12/15/10%; retake waits 14, 30 then 90 days, up to 4 attempts per rolling 12 months; valid 12 months with free on-time renewal; updated exam content from December 7, 2026. Every question here has one answer; the real exam also has multiple-response items. Our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not an official score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 Claude Certified Associate practice test 2:36 Section 1: Prompting and Task Execution: Questions 1 to 7 8:17 Section 2: Output Evaluation and Validation: Questions 8 to 18 16:38 Section 3: Product and Model Selection: Questions 19 to 24 21:07 Section 4: Workflow Integration and Solution Design: Questions 25 to 32 27:19 Section 5: Configuration and Knowledge Management: Questions 33 to 38 31:56 Section 6: Governance, Risk, and Responsible Use: Questions 39 to 45 37:40 Section 7: Troubleshooting and Optimization: Questions 46 to 50 41:20 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Cisco CCNA exam (200-301), explained from Cisco's exam pages and official blueprints as of October 2026. Today's exam is CCNA v1.1: 120 minutes, US$300 per attempt (or Cisco Learning Credits), in English or Japanese, taken online with a remote proctor or at a Pearson VUE test center. Cisco does not publish a question count, a fixed passing score or a pass rate; your score report shows section scores and the passing score for your exam. The six v1.1 topic areas and weights: IP Connectivity 25%, Network Fundamentals 20%, Network Access 20%, Security Fundamentals 15%, IP Services 10%, Automation and Programmability 10%. Big change ahead: Cisco says v1.1 is available through February 2, 2027, and CCNA v2.0 (still 200-301, still 120 minutes, five new topic areas) goes live February 3, 2027. Retakes: wait 5 calendar days, full fee each time. The CCNA is valid 3 years; recertify by passing the current CCNA or a higher-level Cisco exam, or with 30 continuing education credits before it expires. Then 10 new original practice questions with answers (EUI-64, /29 subnetting, SSH port, trunks, LLDP, the routing table, OSPF states, DSCP EF, Dynamic ARP Inspection, REST status codes), none repeated from our 75-question CCNA practice test. Study tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Cisco or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:02 Version 1.1 Now, Version 2.0 in 2027 1:54 Format and Question Types 2:33 Scoring and Results 3:01 The Six Topic Areas 3:36 What's in Each Area 4:37 Cost, Booking and Retakes 5:19 Validity and Recertification 5:47 How to Study 6:32 Practice Questions, Part One 8:38 Practice Questions, Part Two 10:41 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Cisco (Cisco Certification Program) and Pearson VUE pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Anthropic's Claude Certified Associate – Foundations (CCAO-F) exam, explained from the official exam guide and certification pages as of October 2026. 60 multiple-choice and multiple-response items in 120 minutes (plan about 135 minutes of seat time), closed book, proctored by Pearson VUE online or at a test center, in English or Japanese. Passing score: a scaled 720 on a 100 to 1,000 scale (Anthropic publishes no pass rate and no raw-score cutoff). Fee: $99 USD per attempt, with partner-tier discounts. Who can register: staff of Claude Partner Network organizations using a company email (customers and non-partners can't certify yet). The 7 domains and weights: Output Evaluation and Validation 21%, Workflow Integration and Solution Design 16%, Governance, Risk and Responsible Use 15%, Prompting and Task Execution 14%, Product and Model Selection 12%, Configuration and Knowledge Management 12%, Troubleshooting and Optimization 10%. Retakes: wait 14, 30 then 90 days, up to 4 attempts per rolling 12 months. The credential is valid 12 months, with a free on-time renewal assessment. Updated exam content arrives December 7, 2026 (new guides November 17). Then 10 original practice questions with answers, checked against Anthropic's docs and Usage Policy. Study tips are our own suggestions. Independent guide, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:00 Who It's For 1:51 Who Can Register 2:35 Exam Format 3:11 Scoring and Results 3:48 The Seven Domains 4:53 Cost, Booking and Retakes 5:43 Renewal and Upcoming Changes 6:15 How to Study 6:50 Practice Questions, Part One 8:51 Practice Questions, Part Two 11:00 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Anthropic (Claude Certification Program, Anthropic Partner Academy) and Pearson VUE pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Anthropic or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
TABE practice test: 40 original questions with every answer explained, at about the middle and upper levels (M and D): Reading (14 questions with short everyday and work passages: main idea, details, sequence, word meaning in context, inference, author's purpose, fact vs opinion, text structure, comparing two texts, conclusions), Math by hand (7: fractions, negative numbers, percents, a one-step equation, order of operations, map scale, area), Math word problems where a calculator helps (7: unit price, percent change, mean vs median, Pythagorean theorem, circle area, a cost formula, probability) and Language (12: subject-verb agreement, semicolons and comma splices, pronouns, verb tense, capitalization, apostrophes, fragments, combining sentences, transitions, misplaced modifiers, topic sentences, affect vs effect). As of October 2026, per DRC (tabetest.com): the current forms are TABE 13&14, the newer version of TABE 11&12; TABE covers Reading, Mathematics and Language; a Locator test (16 items per subject) picks the level to take, E, M, D or A, separately for each subject; DRC's maximum testing times are Reading 39 to 42 items in two 50-minute parts, Mathematics 40 items in a 45-minute part and a 15-minute part, and Language 33 items in 50 minutes; all levels share one scale, and scale scores are used to report educational functioning levels to the U.S. Department of Education's National Reporting System (NRS); DRC does not set or recommend cut scores, so each program or employer sets its own target; DRC recommends 60 to 80 hours of instruction before retesting with the same form. Calculator rules: follow your examiner's instructions (the online test uses the DESMOS calculator). Our 32-of-40 goal is a planning estimate, not an official score. Questions are original practice questions, not real TABE questions. Not affiliated with DRC or TABE.
Chapters 0:00 TABE practice test 2:39 Section 1: Reading: Questions 1 to 14 11:52 Section 2: Math by Hand: Questions 15 to 21 16:00 Section 3: Math Word Problems: Questions 22 to 28 20:37 Section 4: Language: Questions 29 to 40 27:33 Score Yourself and Next Steps
Exam facts are from the official DRC (TABE) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Data Recognition Corporation (DRC), the publisher of TABE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CBEST practice test: 50 original multiple-choice questions with answers and explanations, 25 reading and 25 math, weighted like the official CBEST test specifications: reading comprehension and research (15), critical analysis and evaluation (10), math estimation, measurement and statistics (8), computation and problem solving (9) and numerical and graphic relationships (8), all solvable without a calculator. Plus a guide to the two writing essays (one analyzes a situation or statement, one describes a personal experience; each is scored on a 4-point scale). As of October 2026, per the CBEST testing site (California Commission on Teacher Credentialing / Evaluation Systems): Reading is 50 multiple-choice questions in 1 hour 30 minutes, Mathematics is 50 multiple-choice questions in 2 hours, and Writing is 2 essays in 1 hour 30 minutes; calculators are not allowed; each section is a separate session and costs $30; you can test at a test center or online-proctored. Each section is scored 20 to 80 and 41 passes; you must pass all three, but one or two sections as low as 37 can pass if the three scores total at least 123, and no section below 37 can pass. Results come within two weeks. The CTC says most applicants now meet California's basic skills requirement through their bachelor's degree, and other routes include qualifying coursework and certain SAT, ACT or AP scores; check what your credential or program requires. Our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not a CBEST score. Questions are original, not real CBEST questions. Not affiliated with the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing, Pearson or Evaluation Systems.
Chapters 0:00 CBEST practice test 3:01 Section 1: Reading, Comprehension & Research: Questions 1 to 15 12:26 Section 2: Reading, Critical Analysis & Evaluation: Questions 16 to 25 19:18 Section 3: Math, Estimation, Measurement & Statistics: Questions 26 to 33 23:54 Section 4: Math, Computation & Problem Solving: Questions 34 to 42 28:43 Section 5: Math, Numerical & Graphic Relationships: Questions 43 to 50 33:10 Score yourself and essay tips
Exam facts are from the official CBEST test page and test specifications, California Commission on Teacher Credentialing / Evaluation Systems (ctcexams.nesinc.com) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing, Pearson, or Evaluation Systems. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CompTIA Network+ practice test: 50 original N10-009 questions with answers and explanations, weighted like the official exam outline: Networking Concepts (12 questions: OSI layers, ports, subnetting, private and IPv6 addressing, fiber, cloud models, VXLAN), Network Implementation (10: administrative distance, longest prefix match, 802.1Q, STP, LACP, VRRP, 2.4 GHz channels, WPA3 SAE, Wi-Fi 6E, UPS), Network Operations (9: DNS records, DHCP relay, SNMP traps and v3, RPO and RTO, hot sites, out-of-band management, port mirroring, syslog), Network Security (7: TACACS+ vs RADIUS, 802.1X, evil twin, ARP poisoning, screened subnet, hardening, integrity) and Network Troubleshooting (12: the 7-step method, toner and probe, tracert, APIPA, DNS, default gateway, jitter, duplex mismatch, switching loops, attenuation, dig). As of October 2026, per CompTIA: N10-009 has a maximum of 90 questions, multiple-choice and performance-based, in 90 minutes; the passing score is 720 on a scale of 100 to 900; domain weights are Networking Concepts 23%, Network Implementation 20%, Network Operations 19%, Network Security 14% and Network Troubleshooting 24%; CompTIA lists a $369 retail exam price; there is no wait before a second attempt and a 14-day wait before a third; the certification is valid 3 years. This video covers multiple-choice questions only. Our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not an official score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with CompTIA.
Chapters 0:00 Network+ N10-009 practice test 2:26 Section 1: Networking Concepts: Questions 1 to 12 10:12 Section 2: Network Implementation: Questions 13 to 22 16:17 Section 3: Network Operations: Questions 23 to 31 21:46 Section 4: Network Security: Questions 32 to 38 26:15 Section 5: Network Troubleshooting: Questions 39 to 50 33:13 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
HiSET vs GED, side by side for 2026. Both lead to a state-issued high school equivalency credential. The GED is 4 subject tests (Math 115 min, Reasoning Through Language Arts 150 min with a 45-minute essay, Science 90, Social Studies 70), scored 100 to 200, and you need 145 on each. The HiSET is 5 subtests (Math 90 min, Science 80, Social Studies 70, Language Arts Reading 65, Language Arts Writing 120 with an essay), and you need at least 8 of 20 on every subtest, at least 2 of 6 on the essay, and a total of 45 of 100. We compare question formats (HiSET is mostly single-answer multiple choice; the GED adds drag and drop, drop-down, fill in the blank and select an area), online testing rules (GED needs a 'green' GED Ready score within 60 days), example state prices (Georgia: GED $46 per subject vs HiSET $34 per subtest; Tennessee: $36 vs $23), retake patterns, and which states appear on each official list as of October 2026 (examples: Iowa and Maine on HiSET's list only; Florida, Texas, New York and Virginia on the GED list only; California, Georgia, Illinois, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Tennessee on both). Prices, retakes and availability are set by your state, so check your state's page. The 'which is easier' section is our own view, not an official ranking. Independent guide, not affiliated with GED Testing Service, PSI or ETS.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:54 Who Runs Each Test 1:22 Subjects and Time 2:07 Question Formats 2:44 Passing Scores 3:27 Testing Online 4:18 What It Costs 5:12 Retakes 5:57 Which States Offer Which 6:41 Which Is Easier for You? 7:34 Recap
Exam facts are from the official GED Testing Service (ged.com) and HiSET (hiset.org, PSI) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with GED Testing Service, PSI or ETS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Real estate exam practice test: 60 original national-portion salesperson questions with answers and explanations, weighted like Pearson VUE's National/General Content Outline for Salespersons (effective April 1, 2025): property characteristics and land use (8), ownership and title (7), value and appraisal (8), contracts and agency (12), real estate practice and fair housing (7), disclosures and environmental issues (6), financing and settlement (5) and real estate math (7: commission split, acreage, tax proration, loan-to-value, cap rate, net to seller, interest). As of October 2026, per that outline, the national portion has 80 scored questions plus 5 unscored pretest questions (Contracts and Agency 16, Property Characteristics 11, Value 11, Practice 10, Ownership 9, Disclosures 9, Financing 7, Math 7), and 43,560 sq ft per acre and 5,280 ft per mile are not provided at the test center. Every state adds its own state-law portion and sets its own passing score, time limit and retake rules; some states test with PSI, which uses its own national outline. Check your state's candidate handbook. Our 48-of-60 target is a planning estimate, not an official passing score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Pearson VUE, PSI or any state real estate commission.
Chapters 0:00 Real estate exam practice test 2:51 Section 1: Property Characteristics & Land Use: Questions 1 to 8 8:12 Section 2: Ownership, Transfer & Recording of Title: Questions 9 to 15 12:56 Section 3: Property Value & Appraisal: Questions 16 to 23 18:48 Section 4: Contracts & Agency: Questions 24 to 35 27:15 Section 5: Real Estate Practice & Fair Housing: Questions 36 to 42 32:07 Section 6: Disclosures & Environmental Issues: Questions 43 to 48 36:24 Section 7: Financing & Settlement: Questions 49 to 53 40:06 Section 8: Real Estate Math: Questions 54 to 60 46:00 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Pearson VUE National/General Content Outline for Salespersons (effective April 1, 2025) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Pearson VUE, PSI, or any state real estate commission. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ACT Science explained for 2026. Is ACT Science optional now? Yes: on the enhanced ACT (national online testing from April 2025, paper from September 2025, state and district testing from spring 2026), Science is an optional add-on. As of October 2026, act.org lists it at 40 questions in 40 minutes (34 scored plus 6 unscored field-test items), up from 35 minutes on the legacy test. Your Composite is now the average of English, Math and Reading only, and Science is not in your Superscore. Take Science and you also get a STEM score, the rounded average of Math and Science (ACT benchmarks: 23 Science, 26 STEM). Whether a college requires Science is each school's own decision, so check admissions pages. We cover the six passages, no calculator, the three formats (data representation, research summaries, conflicting viewpoints), the reporting categories and their weights, then work five made-up chart examples: spotting a trend, interpolation and extrapolation, controlled variables, an up-then-down bar chart, and two conflicting viewpoints. Chart-reading and pacing tips are our own advice. Independent guide, not affiliated with ACT, Inc.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:49 What Changed 1:33 How Science Is Scored 2:06 Should You Take It? 2:41 What's on the Test 3:32 Example 1: Spot the Trend 4:04 Example 2: Read Between the Points 4:30 Example 3: Controlled Variables 5:08 Example 4: Up, Then Down 5:37 Example 5: Two Viewpoints 6:09 Our Chart-Reading Tips 6:45 Recap
Exam facts are from the official ACT pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ACT, Inc. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CDL hazmat practice test: 50 original H endorsement questions with answers and explanations, following the hazardous materials section of the CDL manual and the federal rules in 49 CFR: the intent of the rules, hazard classes and flash points, and the TSA check (8 questions); shipping papers, the basic description, emergency response phone numbers, the Hazardous Materials Table and placard Tables 1 and 2, including the 1,001 lb and DANGEROUS placard rules (14); loading and unloading, cargo tank attendance, the segregation table and bulk packaging (12); and railroad crossings, smoking and fueling, attending and parking distances, warning devices, leaks and incident reporting (16). As of October 2026: the H endorsement needs a state knowledge test, a TSA security threat assessment (fingerprints and background check; TSA lists $85.25 for new and renewing applicants) and, for first-time applicants, entry-level driver training before the knowledge test (49 CFR 383.71). Federal rules require 80% to pass each CDL knowledge test (49 CFR 383.135); question counts vary by state (Washington: 30 questions, 24 to pass). States must renew the H endorsement at least every 5 years (49 CFR 383.141). The section split and our 40-of-50 target are our own planning choices, not official weights or scores. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the FMCSA, PHMSA, TSA or any state licensing agency.
Chapters 0:00 CDL hazmat practice test 2:30 Section 1: Rules, Hazard Classes and the H Endorsement: Questions 1 to 8 7:11 Section 2: Shipping Papers, Labels and Placards: Questions 9 to 22 15:07 Section 3: Loading, Segregation and Bulk Tanks: Questions 23 to 34 22:05 Section 4: Driving, Parking and Emergencies: Questions 35 to 50 30:47 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official FMCSA and PHMSA rules (49 CFR) · TSA security threat assessment pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the FMCSA, the TSA or any state licensing agency. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
AP World History practice test: 40 original stimulus-based multiple-choice questions with answers explained, in 13 source sets, weighted like the official unit weights (Units 1-2 and 7-9: 8-10% each, 4 questions each; Units 3-6: 12-15% each, 5 questions each). Sources include public-domain excerpts from Luther (1517), Equiano (1789), the Declaration of the Rights of Man (1789), the Communist Manifesto (1848), the Qianlong Emperor's letter to George III (1793), Kipling (1899), Wilson's Fourteen Points (1918) and Truman (1947), plus short passages we wrote. As of October 2026, per the College Board: the exam is 3 hours 15 minutes in Bluebook; 55 multiple-choice questions in 55 minutes (40%), usually in sets of 3-4 per source; 3 short-answer questions in 40 minutes (20%); the DBQ (60 minutes incl. 15-minute reading, 25%) and the long essay (40 minutes, 15%). From the May 6, 2027 exam, all 3 SAQs are required and the LEQ is a single required question; multiple choice is unchanged. Scores run 1-5; the fee is $99 at U.S. schools. This video covers multiple choice only. Our 30-of-40 target is a planning estimate, not an official cutoff.
Chapters 0:00 The AP World History exam in brief 2:17 Unit 1: The Global Tapestry: Questions 1 to 4 5:13 Unit 2: Networks of Exchange: Questions 5 to 8 8:18 Unit 3: Land-Based Empires: Questions 9 to 11 10:39 Unit 3: Land-Based Empires: Questions 12 and 13 12:20 Unit 4: Transoceanic Interconnections: Questions 14 to 16 14:40 Unit 4: Transoceanic Interconnections: Questions 17 and 18 16:45 Unit 5: Revolutions: Questions 19 to 21 19:10 Unit 5: Revolutions: Questions 22 and 23 20:47 Unit 6: Consequences of Industrialization: Questions 24 to 26 23:10 Unit 6: Consequences of Industrialization: Questions 27 and 28 25:02 Unit 7: Global Conflict: Questions 29 to 32 27:52 Unit 8: Cold War and Decolonization: Questions 33 to 36 30:33 Unit 9: Globalization: Questions 37 to 40 33:36 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official College Board AP pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the College Board. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Sound effects: Kenney (kenney.nl), CC0.
Images Along the River During the Qingming Festival (detail), Zhang Zeduan; Catalan Atlas (Mansa Musa), Abraham Cresques; Martin Luther, Lucas Cranach the Elder; Janissary recruitment, Suleymanname; Slave ship Brookes plan, Thomas Clarkson; Cerro Rico of Potosi, Cieza de Leon; Declaration of the Rights of Man, Le Barbier; Communist Manifesto first edition; Qianlong Emperor, after Giuseppe Castiglione; Rudyard Kipling, Elliott & Fry; Woodrow Wilson, Harris & Ewing; Truman Doctrine address, Truman Library. All public domain, via Wikimedia Commons. Container ship at Hai Phong, by Nathan.cima, CC BY-SA 4.0, via Wikimedia Commons commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Container_Ship_at_the_Hai_Phong_International_Container_Terminal_01.jpg
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
AP Psychology practice test: 40 original multiple-choice questions with answers and explanations, written for the revised AP Psychology course and grouped by its five units, eight questions each: Biological Bases of Behavior (neurons and drugs, the brain, sleep, sensation), Cognition (perception, heuristics and problem solving, memory, testing), Development and Learning (research methods in development, Piaget, attachment, Erikson, classical and operant conditioning, observational learning), Social Psychology and Personality (attribution, cognitive dissonance, the bystander effect, the Big Five, self-efficacy, motivation, emotion) and Mental and Physical Health (stress and coping, psychological disorders, treatment). Eight of the 40 are research methods and data questions (heritability, median vs mean, serial position, reliability and validity, longitudinal design, correlation, double-blind design, independent variables). As of October 2026, College Board's AP Central says the revised course and exam took effect in the 2024-25 school year; the exam is fully digital in the Bluebook app and runs 2 hours 40 minutes. Section I is 75 multiple-choice questions in 90 minutes (66.7% of the score). Section II is two free-response questions in 70 minutes (33.3%): the Article Analysis Question (one summarized peer-reviewed source, up to 7 points) and the Evidence-Based Question (three summarized sources, up to 7 points). This video covers multiple choice only. Each of the five units is weighted at 15-25% of the exam. AP scores run from 1 to 5 (3 = qualified, 4 = very well qualified, 5 = extremely well qualified); each college sets its own credit and placement policy. The 2027 AP Psychology exam is scheduled for Friday, May 14, 2027 (session 2). Our 32-of-40 target is a planning estimate, not an official cutoff, and cannot predict an AP score. Questions are original, not real AP exam questions. Not affiliated with College Board or the AP Program; AP is a trademark of College Board.
Chapters 0:00 AP Psychology practice test 3:09 Section 1: Biological Bases of Behavior: Questions 1 to 8 8:45 Section 2: Cognition: Questions 9 to 16 14:16 Section 3: Development and Learning: Questions 17 to 24 19:55 Section 4: Social Psychology and Personality: Questions 25 to 32 25:24 Section 5: Mental and Physical Health: Questions 33 to 40 31:16 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official College Board (AP Central and AP Students) pages as of 2026-10-23. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with College Board or the AP Program. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
PTCB practice test: 50 original pharmacy technician exam questions with answers and explanations, weighted like the PTCE content outline that took effect January 6, 2026: Medications (18 questions: brand and generic names, drug classes, interactions, side effects, stability and storage), Federal Requirements (9: DEA schedules, refills, Forms 222 and 106, pseudoephedrine limits, REMS, FDA recalls, DSCSA), Patient Safety and Quality Assurance (12: Tall Man lettering, leading and trailing zeros, error-prone abbreviations, high-alert and look-alike/sound-alike drugs, VAERS and MedWatch, when to refer to the pharmacist, infection prevention) and Order Entry and Processing (11: sig codes, days supply, dose and volume calculations, pounds to kilograms, Roman numerals, percent and ratio strength, expiration dates, NDC numbers, insulin days supply). As of October 2026, per PTCB: the PTCE (Pharmacy Technician Certification Exam) for the CPhT credential has 90 multiple-choice questions, 80 scored and 10 unscored; 1 hour 50 minutes for the exam, about 2 hours in all with a tutorial and survey; scaled scores run from 1000 to 1600 and the passing score is 1400; the fee is $129; candidates complete a PTCB-recognized education/training program or 500 hours of equivalent work experience; and CPhTs renew every 2 years. Domain weights on the current outline: Medications 35%, Patient Safety and Quality Assurance 23.75%, Order Entry and Processing 22.50%, Federal Requirements 18.75%. Our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not an official score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with PTCB.
Chapters 0:00 PTCB practice test 2:17 Section 1: Medications: Questions 1 to 18 12:22 Section 2: Federal Requirements: Questions 19 to 27 18:09 Section 3: Patient Safety and Quality Assurance: Questions 28 to 39 25:00 Section 4: Order Entry and Processing: Questions 40 to 50 31:19 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PTCB (Pharmacy Technician Certification Board) pages as of 2026-10-22. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PTCB. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CNA practice test: 60 original certified nursing assistant written exam questions with answers and explanations, following the NNAAP written exam content outline: activities of daily living (hygiene, dressing, nutrition and hydration, elimination, rest and comfort), basic nursing skills (infection control, safety and emergencies, positioning and procedures, vital signs and reporting), self-care and independence, psychosocial care (dementia, grief, spiritual and cultural needs), and the role of the nurse aide (communication, residents' rights, legal and ethical behavior, the health care team). As of October 2026: each state runs its own nurse aide program and chooses its test vendor (many use the NNAAP from Credentia; others use Prometric, Headmaster or a state exam), so check your state's candidate handbook. Federal rules (42 CFR 483.152 and 483.154) require approved training of at least 75 hours, including at least 16 hours of supervised practical training, and a competency evaluation with a written or oral exam plus a skills demonstration; you must pass both, and states must allow at least three attempts. Credentia says the NNAAP written exam has 70 multiple-choice questions (10 unscored pretest questions, so 60 scored) with two hours to finish, and the skills evaluation is five skills in 30 minutes, always including hand washing and one measurement skill. Our 48-of-60 target is a planning estimate, not an official passing score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with Credentia, Prometric, any test vendor, or any state nurse aide registry.
Chapters 0:00 CNA practice test 3:04 Section 1: Activities of Daily Living: Questions 1 to 13 11:12 Section 2: Basic Nursing Skills: Questions 14 to 34 23:32 Section 3: Independence & Psychosocial Care: Questions 35 to 44 29:56 Section 4: Role of the Nurse Aide: Questions 45 to 60 39:53 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Credentia (NNAAP) and federal eCFR (42 CFR 483) pages as of 2026-10-22. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Credentia, Prometric, any test vendor, or any state nurse aide registry. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Wonderlic practice test: 50 original Wonderlic-style questions with every answer explained, in five sections of ten: word meaning (synonyms, opposites, odd one out), analogies and scrambled sentences, number and letter series, math word problems (percents, rates, time, area), and logic, ordering and spatial reasoning. As of October 2026, the classic Wonderlic Personnel Test is 50 questions in 12 minutes, and the cognitive ability section of Wonderlic's current hiring assessment, Wonderlic Select (formerly WonScore), is also 50 questions with a 12-minute limit, with no calculator, dictionary or other resources. Wonderlic Select also includes untimed personality and motivation sections; Wonderlic says most people finish in about 35 minutes. Wonderlic says test takers are not expected to finish all 50 cognitive questions, that there is no passing or failing grade, and that results are weighed against the needs of the job, so each employer decides what it is looking for. On the classic test the score was the number correct, and about 20 is a commonly cited average, not an official passing score. Wonderlic also says you should never have to pay to take a Wonderlic assessment. Questions here are original practice questions, not real Wonderlic questions; the real test mixes question types and gets harder as it goes. Not affiliated with Wonderlic or any employer.
Chapters 0:00 Wonderlic practice test 2:44 Section 1: Word Meaning: Questions 1 to 10 6:56 Section 2: Analogies and Sentences: Questions 11 to 20 11:25 Section 3: Number and Letter Series: Questions 21 to 30 16:04 Section 4: Math Word Problems: Questions 31 to 40 21:44 Section 5: Logic, Ordering and Spatial: Questions 41 to 50 26:56 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Wonderlic pages as of 2026-10-22. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Wonderlic or any employer. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
EPA 608 practice test: 50 original EPA Section 608 exam questions with answers and explanations, covering all four sections: Core (ozone depletion, Clean Air Act and Montreal Protocol, recover/recycle/reclaim, cylinders, safety, sales restriction), Type I small appliances (5 lb or less, 90%/80% or 4 in. Hg recovery), Type II high-pressure (leak testing, evacuation levels, major repairs, leak repair triggers, psig to psia) and Type III low-pressure chillers (purge units, 10 psig leak test, vapor before liquid, 25 mm Hg absolute). As of October 2026: technicians who maintain, service, repair or dispose of equipment that could release refrigerant must be certified under Section 608 of the Clean Air Act; tests are given by EPA-approved certifying organizations; each section has 25 questions and certifying organizations require 70% (18 of 25) to pass each section; Universal is 100 questions; Type II, Type III and Universal tests are closed book and proctored; and EPA says Section 608 certification does not expire. Our 40-of-50 target is a planning estimate, not an official score. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with the U.S. EPA or any certifying organization.
Chapters 0:00 EPA 608 practice test 2:49 Section 1: Core: Questions 1 to 13 11:15 Section 2: Type I Small Appliances: Questions 14 to 25 19:40 Section 3: Type II High Pressure: Questions 26 to 38 28:21 Section 4: Type III Low Pressure: Questions 39 to 50 35:44 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official U.S. EPA (Section 608 technician certification) pages as of 2026-10-22. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the U.S. EPA or any certifying organization. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
PSAT scores explained for fall 2026. The PSAT/NMSQT is scored 320 to 1520 (two sections, 160 to 760 each), and the NMSC Selection Index runs 48 to 228. When do PSAT scores come out? As of October 2026, College Board releases fall 2026 in-school scores in three waves: October 22, November 5 and November 12, depending on when your school submitted answers. What's a good PSAT score? College Board's 11th-grade benchmarks are 460 Reading and Writing and 510 Math (430 and 480 in 10th grade). We cover how the adaptive test is scored, percentiles and score ranges, how to get your scores in the BigFuture School app, reading your score report, the Selection Index formula with a worked example, and National Merit cutoffs: about 1.3 million entrants, 50,000 high scorers, about 34,000 Commended Students and 16,000+ Semifinalists chosen state by state. Cutoff figures shown are unofficial, past-year (class of 2027) numbers reported by a test prep company; NMSC sends cutoffs to schools, not the public. Independent guide, not affiliated with College Board or NMSC.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:59 What the PSAT Is 1:37 How the Score Works 2:12 What's a Good PSAT Score 2:53 When PSAT Scores Come Out 3:27 How to Get Your Scores 4:03 Reading Your Score Report 4:36 The Selection Index 5:09 National Merit Cutoffs 6:22 After Semifinalist 7:04 Your Next Steps
Exam facts are from the official College Board pages as of 2026-10-22. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with College Board or NMSC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How hard is the HVAC exam? It depends on your state and license level: as of October 2026 there is no single national HVAC license exam and no official national pass rate. This guide covers HVAC exam questions, HVAC exam prep and how to study for an HVAC license (journeyman, master and contractor): what the exams test, open-book tabbing skills, a study plan (our estimate), five tactics, common mistakes, three original sample questions and retake advice. One official example: Virginia's PSI candidate bulletin (dated July 2026) lists the journeyman/master HVAC exam at 85 questions in 210 minutes, 60 correct to pass for journeyman (about 71%) and 64 for master, open book with permanent tabs only; the residential HVAC exam is 55 questions, 120 minutes, 39 to pass. North Carolina's contractor board says to bring all allowed reference materials and wait 90 days to retest; Texas says its air conditioning and refrigeration contractor exams are given by PSI. Check your own state board. EPA 608 is a federal certification to handle refrigerant and does not expire; NATE and HVAC Excellence are industry certifications, not licenses. Independent guide, not affiliated with any licensing board, the EPA, NATE or HVAC Excellence. Questions are original.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:47 No National Exam 1:35 A Real Example From Virginia 2:25 Open Book Skills 3:10 What Gets Tested 3:56 A Study Plan 4:29 Five Study Tactics 5:13 Common Mistakes 5:48 Three Sample Questions 7:04 If You Fail and What To Do Next
Exam facts are from the official state licensing boards pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with any licensing board, the EPA, NATE or HVAC Excellence. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
International Mechanical Code (IMC) explained: what the IMC is, which edition to study (2021 International Mechanical Code vs 2024), a chapter-by-chapter map, and what's on the HVAC exam and mechanical inspector exams. As of October 2026, ICC's M2 Commercial Mechanical Inspector exam is listed as 50 multiple-choice questions in 2 hours, open book, and is regulated by the IMC; the store lists a $320 fee. This guide covers Uniform Mechanical Code vs International Mechanical Code (IAPMO UMC vs ICC IMC), how the IMC fits with the International Residential Code, International Plumbing Code and International Fuel Gas Code, ICC M2 content areas with weights, open-book exam habits, and 4 original IMC exam questions from real sections (condensate drain 307.2, attic appliance access 306.3, exhaust discharge 501.3.1, dryer exhaust 504.9.4.1) using the 2021 IMC. Which edition applies depends on your state, city and exam: check your own bulletin. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Independent guide, not affiliated with the International Code Council or IAPMO. International Mechanical Code and ICC are trademarks of the International Code Council.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:13 What the I M C Is 2:01 Editions and Adoption 3:00 IMC vs. UMC, IRC and IFGC 4:12 The Chapter Map, One to Eight 5:26 The Chapter Map, Nine to Fifteen 5:59 Which Exams Use It 7:06 Open Book Habits 7:52 Sample Questions One and Two 9:00 Sample Questions Three and Four 10:04 Your Recap
Exam facts are from the official International Code Council pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the International Code Council. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
HVAC practice test: 60 original HVAC exam questions with answers and explanations for contractor and journeyman exam prep: refrigeration cycle (superheat, subcooling), electrical basics, airflow and psychrometrics, heating, EPA 608 safety and refrigerant handling, and codes, load calculation and controls. As of October 2026 there is no single national HVAC license exam: licensing is handled by states and sometimes cities, with contractor, journeyman and master levels. Many states use third-party vendors such as PSI, Pearson VUE or Prometric and reference books such as the NEC, International Mechanical Code and International Fuel Gas Code, and some exams are open book. Examples only: North Carolina's Plumbing, Heating and Fire Sprinkler Contractors board says you bring all allowed reference materials and wait 90 days to retest; Texas TDLR says its air conditioning and refrigeration contractor exams are given by PSI after eligibility approval and points to a candidate information bulletin. Check your own state board. EPA 608 is a federal certification required to handle refrigerant (it does not expire); NATE and HVAC Excellence are industry certifications, not licenses. Questions are original, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with any licensing board or exam vendor.
Chapters 0:00 HVAC practice test 3:59 Section 1: Refrigeration Cycle and Components: Questions 1 to 10 11:00 Section 2: Electrical Basics: Questions 11 to 20 17:32 Section 3: Airflow and Psychrometrics: Questions 21 to 30 24:56 Section 4: Heating: Questions 31 to 40 31:39 Section 5: Safety and Refrigerant Handling: Questions 41 to 50 37:55 Section 6: Codes, Load Calculation and Controls: Questions 51 to 60 44:33 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official State licensing boards, EPA, NATE pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with any licensing board or exam vendor. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free Series 63 practice test: 60 Series 63 exam questions with explained answers, weighted like NASAA's content outline (ethical practices 15, communications 12, agents 8, broker-dealers 7, remedies 7, securities and issuers 5, advisers and I A Rs 6). As of October 2026, the Series 63 license exam (the Uniform Securities Agent State Law Examination) has 60 scored questions plus 5 unscored pretest questions, 75 minutes, 43 correct to pass and a $147 fee; NASAA sponsors it, FINRA administers it, and no sponsoring firm is needed. Covers agent and broker-dealer registration, exemptions, prohibited conduct, remedies and the Administrator's powers. Independent practice, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 2:41 Investment Advisers and Representatives: Questions 1 to 6 7:18 Broker-Dealers: Questions 7 to 13 12:16 Agents of Broker-Dealers: Questions 14 to 21 17:57 Securities and Issuers: Questions 22 to 26 22:09 Remedies and Administrative Provisions: Questions 27 to 33 27:11 Communication with Customers and Prospects: Questions 34 to 45 35:07 Ethical Practices and Obligations: Questions 46 to 60 44:48 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official NASAA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Series 65 pass rate 2026: is there an official one? As of October 2026, NASAA and FINRA publish no Series 65 exam pass rate; online numbers come from prep companies and are unofficial. What is official: 130 scored questions plus 10 pretest, 180 minutes, 92 correct to pass (about 71%), $187. How hard is the Series 65 exam? We cover the passing score, what makes it difficult, series 65 topics by weight (15%, 25%, 30%, 30%), a prep timeline (our estimate), series 65 study material, five tips on how to pass the Series 65, the biggest mistakes, a practice-score benchmark, three original sample questions and the retake rules. Independent guide, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:45 Is There an Official Pass Rate 1:16 Why Online Numbers Differ 1:46 What the Passing Score Means 2:19 What Makes It Hard 3:08 The Topics by Weight 3:48 Prep Timeline and Study Material 4:22 Five Study Tactics 4:58 Mistakes and a Score Benchmark 5:31 Three Sample Questions 6:41 Your Retake Plan
Exam facts are from the official NASAA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ICC B1 residential building inspector exam 2026: format, passing score and a study plan. As of October 2026, ICC lists the B1 Residential Building Inspector exam as 60 multiple-choice questions with a 2-hour limit, open book, with a scaled passing score that ICC says is often set at 70 or 75. This guide covers the content outline with weights (wall construction 27%, public safety 17%, footings and foundations 16%, floors 14%, roof-ceiling 14%, building planning 8%, code administration 4%), ICC open book rules for exam tabs and highlighting, the exam fee listed in the ICC store, Pearson VUE vs Pronto remote testing, which International Residential Code edition to study (IRC study guide), a six-week study plan (our estimate), three original sample questions with explanations, and retake and renewal rules. Independent guide, not affiliated with the International Code Council. ICC and International Residential Code are trademarks of the International Code Council.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:51 What the B1 Exam Is 1:26 Content Outline 2:11 Format and Passing Score 2:50 Open Book: Tabs and Highlighting 3:36 Fee and Registration 4:11 Which Code Edition 4:45 A Study Plan 5:19 Sample Question One 5:52 Sample Question Two 6:23 Sample Question Three 6:54 Retakes and Renewal 7:30 Your Recap
Exam facts are from the official International Code Council pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the International Code Council. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CPB exam 2026: format, passing score and 12 sample questions for the AAPC Certified Professional Biller. As of October 2026, AAPC lists the CPB exam as 135 multiple choice questions in 4 hours, open book with approved code books (CPT, ICD-10-CM, HCPCS Level II), with 70% to pass (95 correct), at home with a live proctor or at a testing center. One attempt is $425 and two attempts are $499. This guide covers the AAPC CPB exam format, the seven content domains and how many questions each has, CPB vs CPC vs CBCS, a study plan (our estimate), and a CPB practice test with 12 original sample questions and explanations. Independent guide, not affiliated with AAPC. CPB and AAPC are registered trademarks of AAPC.
Chapters 0:00 AAPC CPB exam guide 4:37 Section 1: Claims and Forms: Questions 1 to 4 7:39 Section 2: Payers and Payments: Questions 5 to 8 10:38 Section 3: Coding and Cycle: Questions 9 to 12 13:17 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official AAPC (aapc.com) pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with AAPC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ISTQB CTFL exam 2026: syllabus, passing score, cost and 15 sample questions. As of October 2026, ISTQB lists the Certified Tester Foundation Level (CTFL) v4.0 exam as 40 multiple choice questions, 1 point each, in 60 minutes (75 with the language extension), with 65% needed to pass (26 of 40) and no prerequisites. ASTQB lists the exam at $229 through AT*SQA. This guide covers the ISTQB Foundation exam format, the six CTFL syllabus chapters and how many questions each carries (8, 6, 4, 11, 9, 2), K1/K2/K3 levels, cost and booking, a study plan (our estimate), and an ISTQB CTFL practice test with 15 original sample questions and explanations on equivalence partitioning, boundary value analysis, decision tables, state transitions, coverage, risk and tools. Independent guide, not affiliated with ISTQB, ASTQB or any exam provider. ISTQB is a registered trademark of the International Software Testing Qualifications Board.
Chapters 0:00 ISTQB CTFL exam guide 6:31 Section 1: Fundamentals and Lifecycle: Questions 1 to 5 9:45 Section 2: Static Testing and Techniques: Questions 6 to 10 13:17 Section 3: Management, Coverage and Tools: Questions 11 to 15 16:25 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official ISTQB (istqb.org) and ASTQB (astqb.org) pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ISTQB, ASTQB or any exam provider. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
North Carolina notary practice test with 40 questions and answers, each one explained from G.S. Chapter 10B. As of October 2026: new NC notaries take an approved course of at least 6 hours within 3 months before applying and must answer at least 80% correctly on the written exam; the Secretary of State application fee is $50 (nonrefundable); a commission lasts 5 years, and you take the oath before your register of deeds within 45 days. Four sections: becoming a notary, notarial acts and ID, seal, fees and records, conflicts, penalties and electronic notarization. Not affiliated with the NC Secretary of State; check the current NC Notary Guidebook and sosnc.gov for updates. For general notary principles, watch our national notary practice test on this channel.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 2:49 Becoming an NC Notary: Questions 1 to 10 8:53 Notarial Acts and Identification: Questions 11 to 20 15:49 Seal, Signature, Fees and Records: Questions 21 to 30 22:10 Conflicts, Penalties and Electronic Notarization: Questions 31 to 40 28:43 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official North Carolina General Statutes Chapter 10B pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the North Carolina Secretary of State. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
PRINCE2 Foundation exam 2026: format, passing score, cost and 15 sample questions. As of October 2026, PeopleCert lists the PRINCE2 7 Foundation exam as 60 multiple choice questions in 60 minutes, closed book, with a 60% minimum score to pass (36 of 60) and no prerequisites. This guide covers the PRINCE2 Foundation exam format, how PRINCE2 7 differs from PRINCE2 6, the seven principles, seven practices and seven processes, PRINCE2 vs PMP, the Practitioner exam, listed prices, renewal, a study plan (our estimate), and a PRINCE2 Foundation practice test with 15 original sample questions and explanations. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. PRINCE2 is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 PRINCE2 Foundation exam guide 6:21 Section 1: Principles: Questions 1 to 5 9:31 Section 2: Practices: Questions 6 to 10 12:18 Section 3: Processes and Roles: Questions 11 to 15 14:58 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert (peoplecert.org) pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
AI-103 exam 2026: what it is, the skills measured and a study plan. As of October 2026, Microsoft Learn lists Exam AI-103: Developing AI Apps and Agents on Azure, the exam for the Microsoft Certified: Azure AI Apps and Agents Developer Associate certification. It is a proctored exam with a 120-minute time limit and a passing score of 700 or greater. This guide covers the five skills measured with their weights (generative AI and agentic solutions 30-35%, plan and manage an Azure AI solution 25-30%, computer vision, text analysis and information extraction 10-15% each), how to register through Pearson VUE, AI-103 vs AI-102 and AI-900, a six-week study plan (our estimate), free Microsoft Learn resources, the practice assessment and exam sandbox, three original sample questions with explanations, and retake and renewal rules. Independent guide, not affiliated with Microsoft. Microsoft and Azure are trademarks of Microsoft.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:48 What AI-103 Is 1:25 Skills Measured 2:16 Format and Passing Score 2:53 Price and How to Register 3:25 AI-103 vs AI-102 and AI-900 4:19 A Study Plan 4:54 Free Resources and Sandbox 5:30 Sample Question One 6:04 Sample Question Two 6:39 Sample Question Three 7:12 Retakes and Renewal 7:44 Your Recap
Exam facts are from the official Microsoft pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Microsoft. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
EPA 609 certification explained: who needs it, the exam, passing score, cost and where to test. As of October 2026, the EPA requires anyone who repairs or services motor vehicle air conditioning (MVAC) systems for pay to be certified through an EPA-approved program; the EPA does not give the EPA 609 exam itself. One approved provider, MACS, lists a 25-question open-book online test, 84% to pass, at $24 to $29 on its pages (fees and formats vary by provider). Covers Section 609 vs 608 vs ASE A7, how to get certified, what the 609 exam covers, three EPA 609 practice test style sample questions, the refrigerant sales rules (2 lb small cans), whether the card expires, R-134a and R-1234yf, and the HVAC exam prep path after 609. Independent guide, not affiliated with the EPA or any certifying program.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 1:02 Who Needs It 1:35 609 vs 608 vs ASE A7 2:06 How To Get Certified 2:41 The Exam Format 3:23 Cost and Retakes 3:49 What The Exam Covers 4:28 Buying Refrigerant 5:00 Three Sample Questions 6:04 Does It Expire 6:32 What Comes Next
Exam facts are from the official the EPA and approved programs pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the EPA or any certifying program. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
ITIL 5 exam: 5 mistakes that fail people. As of October 2026, PeopleCert lists the ITIL Foundation (Version 5) exam as 40 multiple choice questions, 60 minutes, closed book, with a 65% minimum score to pass (26 of 40). This guide covers the exam facts (no prerequisite listed, renewal every 3 years, rescheduling fees, official sample papers and mock exam), then five mistakes: studying the wrong version, ignoring the format, memorizing without connecting topics, skipping timed practice, and skipping topics, plus an original ITIL-style sample question and a pass plan. Independent guide, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. ITIL is a registered trademark of PeopleCert.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:37 The Exam Facts 1:18 Mistake One: Studying the Wrong Version 2:03 Mistake Two: Ignoring the Format 2:46 Mistake Three: Memorizing Without Connecting 3:24 Mistake Four: Skipping Timed Practice 3:59 Mistake Five: Skipping Topics 4:39 A Sample Question 5:18 Dates, Rescheduling and Renewal 5:49 Your Plan
Exam facts are from the official PeopleCert pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PeopleCert or AXELOS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official EPA pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with EPA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to become an enrolled agent in 2026: the IRS Special Enrollment Examination (SEE) has three parts (Individuals, Businesses, Representation, Practices and Procedures), 100 questions and 3.5 hours each, a passing scaled score of 500 (scale 200 to 800), and a fee of $317 per part. As of October 2026 we cover what an enrolled agent is (enrolled agent certification and license), the EA exam, the testing window (July 1, 2026 to February 28, 2027, now run by PSI), the PTIN and Form 23 steps, retakes (4 attempts per part per window), the 3-year credit window, the shortcut for former IRS employees, continuing education (72 hours per 3 years), enrolled agent vs CPA, pass rate estimates and a study plan, with one sample question per part (original, not real exam questions). Not affiliated with the IRS or PSI.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:50 What an Enrolled Agent Is 1:44 The Exam Format 2:44 The Three Parts 3:47 Cost and Testing Windows 5:03 Sample Question: Part One 5:41 Sample Question: Part Two 6:08 Sample Question: Part Three 6:39 Pass Rates 7:32 Steps to Become an Enrolled Agent 8:18 Other Routes and Keeping It Active 8:48 Enrolled Agent vs C P A vs Tax Preparer 9:20 A Study Plan 10:16 Recap
Exam facts are from the official IRS (irs.gov) pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the IRS or PSI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 in 45 seconds: up to 90 questions, 90 minutes, and a passing score of 750 on a 100 to 900 scale. A new version, SY0-801, is scheduled for November 17, 2026.
Exam facts are from the official CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
SIE, Series 7 and Series 66: what order to take them? As of October 2026, FINRA's SIE has 75 questions in 1 hour 45 minutes, 70% to pass, $100, valid 4 years, no firm needed; the Series 7 has 125 scored questions in 3 hours 45 minutes, 72 to pass, $395, and needs a sponsoring firm; NASAA's Series 66 has 100 scored plus 10 unscored questions in 150 minutes, 73 correct to pass, $177. Covers series 7 and 66, series 7 vs series 66, SIE vs Series 7, series 66 prerequisites, the typical timeline, whether order matters, when each result expires, sponsorship, which path fits broker, adviser or both, three sample questions, retake waits (including the 2027 changes) and study-time estimates. Independent guide, not affiliated with FINRA or NASAA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:49 What Each Exam Is 1:29 The Numbers Side by Side 2:05 The Typical Timeline 2:35 Does the Order Matter 3:23 When Each Exam Expires 3:57 Which Path Is Yours 4:26 Sponsorship 4:58 Three Sample Questions 5:47 Retakes and Study Time 6:32 Your Plan
Exam facts are from the official FINRA and NASAA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA or NASAA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The NCLEX-PN in 45 seconds: an adaptive exam of 85 to 150 questions in five hours, 15 unscored pretest items, a $200 registration fee, and at least 45 test-free days between attempts.
Exam facts are from the official NCSBN pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NCSBN. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Series 65 vs 66 vs 63: which exam should you take first? As of October 2026, NASAA's Series 63 has 60 scored questions plus 5 unscored, 75 minutes, 43 correct to pass, $147; the Series 65 has 130 scored plus 10 unscored, 180 minutes, 92 correct to pass, $187; the Series 66 has 100 scored plus 10 unscored, 150 minutes, 73 correct to pass, $177 and needs a valid SIE and Series 7 to register. Covers what each license is for, what a Series 65 allows you to do, career paths, Series 65 waivers (CFP, ChFC, CFA, PFS, CIMA), no sponsor needed, three sample questions, retake waits, score validity and what NASAA and FINRA do and do not publish about pass rates. Independent guide, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:46 What Each License Is For 1:33 The Numbers Side by Side 2:12 How the Sixty-Six Works 2:57 Which Path Is Yours 3:33 The Series 65 Waivers 4:12 Sponsorship 4:34 Three Sample Questions 5:25 Retakes and Validity 5:59 Pass Rates 6:28 Your Decision
Exam facts are from the official NASAA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Firefighter exam and firefighter practice test: 60 original firefighter written exam practice test questions with answers and explanations: reading comprehension, math, mechanical aptitude, map reading and spatial, and judgment. As of October 2026 there is no single national firefighter written test: each department picks its own (some use vendor tests such as the Ergometrics Fire Team exam or the National Testing Network fire test), so the format, length and passing score vary. Always read your own department's announcement. We also explain CPAT vs written test: the IAFF/IAFC Candidate Physical Ability Test is a separate physical test with eight events (10 minutes 20 seconds, 50-pound vest, pass or fail), plus the usual path: written test, CPAT, interview, background check, medical, psychological evaluation and fire academy. Questions are original, not real test questions. Not affiliated with any fire department or testing vendor.
Chapters 0:00 Firefighter written exam practice test 4:29 Section 1: Reading Comprehension: Questions 1 to 10 11:56 Section 2: Math, Part One: Questions 11 to 20 18:30 Section 3: Math, Part Two: Questions 21 to 30 25:32 Section 4: Mechanical Aptitude: Questions 31 to 41 33:01 Section 5: Map Reading and Spatial Thinking: Questions 42 to 50 38:57 Section 6: Judgment and Fire Service Basics: Questions 51 to 60 45:48 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official Department hiring announcements, IAFF, BLS pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with any fire department or testing vendor. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The ServSafe Manager exam in 45 seconds: 90 questions (80 scored), 2 hours, a listed passing score of 70 percent that you should confirm locally, and a proctor required.
Exam facts are from the official ServSafe pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ServSafe. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The ATI TEAS in 45 seconds: 170 questions (150 scored), 209 minutes, a $120 fee with ATI or PSI, and no universal passing score because each school sets its own.
Exam facts are from the official ATI pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ATI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
FE Civil practice test: 60 FE civil practice exam problems with worked solutions, grouped by the NCEES knowledge areas (math, ethics, economics, statics, mechanics, fluids, water resources, structures, geotechnical, surveying, transportation, construction). As of October 2026, the NCEES FE civil exam (Fundamentals of Engineering) has 110 questions, a 6-hour appointment that includes a tutorial and an optional break (5 hours 20 minutes of exam time), is computer-based and offered year-round at Pearson VUE test centers, and costs $225. NCEES publishes no passing score (pass/fail results only) and allows one attempt per testing window and no more than three attempts in a 12-month period. Original FE exam civil practice problems, not real exam questions. Not affiliated with NCEES.
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 3:24 Math, Ethics and Economics: Questions 1 to 10 11:05 Statics, Dynamics and Mechanics of Materials: Questions 11 to 21 19:52 Fluids and Water Resources: Questions 22 to 31 28:31 Structures and Materials: Questions 32 to 40 36:05 Geotechnical and Surveying: Questions 41 to 50 45:00 Transportation and Construction: Questions 51 to 60 53:09 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official NCEES pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NCEES. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free Series 6 practice test: 60 Series 6 exam questions with explained answers, weighted like FINRA's content outline (14 seeking business, 10 opening accounts, 30 recommendations, 6 processing orders). As of October 2026, the Series 6 exam (the FINRA Series 6 license exam) has 50 scored questions plus 5 unscored pretest questions, 90 minutes, a passing score of 70 and a $100 fee; you need a sponsoring FINRA member firm, and the SIE is a corequisite. Covers NAV and POP, breakpoints, letters of intent, 12b-1 fees, variable annuities, variable life, 529 plans and Reg BI. Independent practice, not affiliated with FINRA.
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 2:11 Seeking Business: Communications and Products: Questions 1 to 14 11:42 Opening Accounts: Know Your Customer: Questions 15 to 24 18:37 Recommendations: Fund Pricing and Math: Questions 25 to 34 26:46 Recommendations: Sales Charges and Share Classes: Questions 35 to 44 34:08 Recommendations: Variable Products, 529 and Best Interest: Questions 45 to 54 41:28 Processing Orders: Pricing, Payment and Records: Questions 55 to 60 45:12 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official ASVAB program (OfficialASVAB.com) pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the ASVAB program or the U.S. military. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
PiCAT test explained with a 30-question PiCAT practice test, for Army, Navy and Air Force applicants. As of October 2026, the official ASVAB site says the PiCAT (Pending Internet Computerized Adaptive Test) is the unproctored version of the CAT-ASVAB you take from home: about 2 to 3 hours, finish within 48 hours of starting, taken only once, and followed by a 25 to 30 minute proctored verification test at MEPS within 45 days. We cover how many questions, how long, what is a good score, the score chart by branch (ask your recruiter: the official site publishes no single chart), retakes, how long your score is good for, and what happens after. Practice set: word knowledge, paragraph comprehension, arithmetic reasoning and math knowledge, original questions, not real test questions. Not affiliated with the Department of Defense or any military branch.
Chapters 0:00 PiCAT test explained 7:20 Section 1: Verbal Skills: Questions 1 to 10 11:47 Section 2: Arithmetic Reasoning: Questions 11 to 20 16:53 Section 3: Mathematics Knowledge: Questions 21 to 30 21:22 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official ASVAB (officialasvab.com) pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the Department of Defense or any military branch. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official GED Testing Service pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with GED Testing Service. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A free CCNA practice test with 75 exam-style CCNA practice questions for the Cisco 200-301 exam, every answer explained: subnetting, VLANs and STP, OSPF and static routing, NAT/DHCP/DNS, ACLs and port security, wireless, IPv6, REST/JSON, Ansible and controllers. Questions follow the six topic weights (20/20/25/10/15/10). As of October 2026, Cisco lists the CCNA exam at 120 minutes and US$300; you test through Pearson VUE, you wait 5 calendar days after a failed attempt, and the certification is valid 3 years. Independent practice, not affiliated with Cisco.
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 2:20 Network Fundamentals: Questions 1 to 15 13:46 Network Access: Questions 16 to 30 23:50 IP Connectivity: Routing and Static Routes: Questions 31 to 40 32:44 IP Connectivity: OSPF and Redundancy: Questions 41 to 49 39:33 IP Services: Questions 50 to 57 45:19 Security Fundamentals: Questions 58 to 68 53:13 Automation and Programmability: Questions 69 to 75 57:55 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official Cisco pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with Cisco. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official NMLS pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NMLS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Notary exam practice test with 50 questions and answers, each one explained. Covers the general notary principles tested across states: acknowledgments vs jurats, oaths, ID rules and credible witnesses, the journal and seal, conflicts of interest, no legal advice, commissions, bonds, E&O and remote online notarization. Not every state tests: per the National Notary Association (as of October 2026), about half of states list an exam requirement, and passing scores and retake rules vary, so check your state handbook. Next in the series: the North Carolina notary exam.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 2:02 Notarial Acts: Acknowledgments, Jurats and Oaths: Questions 1 to 10 9:04 Identification, Personal Appearance and Signer Awareness: Questions 11 to 20 16:19 Journal, Seal, Certificates and Fees: Questions 21 to 30 23:07 Ethics, Conflicts of Interest and Misconduct: Questions 31 to 40 29:48 Commissions, Bonds, Remote Notarization and Exam Prep: Questions 41 to 50 36:17 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official your state's notary handbook pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the National Notary Association or any state. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The USPS Virtual Entry Assessment in 45 seconds: four versions (474 to 477), online, about 30 to 45 minutes, free, 72 hours to finish, 70 percent to pass, and a one-year wait to retake the same version.
Exam facts are from the official USPS pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with USPS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full 75-question AFOQT practice test on the verbal and math subtests (Verbal Analogies, Word Knowledge, Reading Comprehension, Arithmetic Reasoning, Math Knowledge), 15 questions each, every answer explained. The real Air Force Officer Qualifying Test has 12 subtests and 516 questions, takes about 5 hours, and is free with a voucher; these five subtests run 25 questions each in 8, 5, 24, 29 and 22 minutes (as of October 2026).
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 2:43 Verbal Analogies: Questions 1 to 15 12:02 Word Knowledge: Questions 16 to 30 20:20 Reading Comprehension: Questions 31 to 45 32:26 Arithmetic Reasoning: Questions 46 to 60 43:26 Math Knowledge: Questions 61 to 75 53:43 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official U.S. Air Force pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the Air Force or Air Force ROTC. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
CDL knowledge tests in 35 seconds: federal rules require at least 80 percent correct on each test, and your state sets question counts, fees and retests.
Exam facts are from the official FMCSA pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FMCSA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full 60-question ALEKS math placement test practice, every question answered and explained, organized by topic like the ALEKS PPL: numbers and geometry, linear equations, lines and functions, factoring and quadratics, rational expressions and radicals, then logs and trig. Per McGraw Hill's ALEKS PPL pages (as of October 2026), the real placement assessment is adaptive and open response, with 25 questions or fewer across 314 topics. Your school sets its own cut scores and retake rules, so confirm yours.
Chapters 0:00 How this practice test works 1:57 Numbers, Fractions, Percents and Geometry: Questions 1 to 13 11:00 Signed Numbers and Linear Equations: Questions 14 to 24 18:52 Lines, Systems and Functions: Questions 25 to 33 25:09 Exponents, Factoring and Quadratics: Questions 34 to 43 33:16 Rational Expressions and Radicals: Questions 44 to 51 38:56 Exponentials, Logarithms and Trigonometry: Questions 52 to 60 44:51 Score yourself
Exam facts are from the official McGraw Hill pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ALEKS or McGraw Hill. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A 4-to-6-week study plan for the real estate salesperson exam in any state: how the national and state portions work (with Texas, Florida and California as examples), the national outline's heaviest topics, the real estate math you'll see, a cap rate practice question, timed mocks and a target score before you book, retakes and test-day tips. Exam facts checked against Pearson VUE, Florida DBPR and California DRE materials as of October 2026; the study plan is our estimate.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:42 How the Exam Is Built 1:41 The National Outline 2:36 The Math That Shows Up 3:48 Try a Question 4:28 Weeks One and Two 5:20 Weeks Three to Six 5:58 Before You Book 6:34 If You Don't Pass 7:03 Test Day 7:33 Recap
Exam facts are from the official Pearson VUE, Florida DBPR and California DRE pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with any state real estate commission, Pearson VUE or PSI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How the CPA exam works under the CPA Evolution model, as of October 2026: three core sections everyone takes (AUD, FAR, REG) plus one discipline (BAR, ISC or TCP), 4 hours each, multiple-choice and simulation testlets, and a scaled passing score of 75 (not 75%). We cover testing windows, the 30-month credit window in NASBA's model rule (it varies by state), the 150-hour and 120-hour licensure routes, which section to take first, study hours, and an AUD practice question.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:48 Core Plus Discipline 1:46 Inside a Section 2:42 How Scoring Works 3:23 When You Test and Get Scores 4:05 The Credit Window 4:29 Getting Licensed 5:03 What to Study First 6:02 Study Hours 6:43 Try a Question 7:25 Recap
Exam facts are from the official AICPA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with AICPA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to pass the CDL written test for your commercial learner's permit the first time: which knowledge tests you need by class and endorsement, the 80% passing score on every test, the CLP rules (14 days before the skills test, valid up to one year), Entry-Level Driver Training and the DOT physical, plus the highest-yield manual facts: following distance and the air brake numbers. Question counts vary by state; facts checked against FMCSA rules and Washington State's DOL as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:44 Classes and the CLP 1:36 Which Tests You Need 2:31 The CLP Rules 3:11 Training and the DOT Physical 4:09 Following Distance 4:52 Air Brake Numbers 5:44 Hazmat and Hours of Service 6:20 Try a Question 6:54 A Study Plan 7:35 Test Day 7:57 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FMCSA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the FMCSA or any state licensing agency. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
15 CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 practice questions across all five domains, each read with four choices, a pause, and the answer explained. As of October 2026, CompTIA lists SY0-701 at a maximum of 90 questions (multiple choice and performance-based), 90 minutes, and a passing score of 750 on a 100-900 scale; SY0-801 is expected on or around November 17, 2026, and the English SY0-701 is scheduled to retire on June 11, 2027.
Chapters 0:00 Security+ SY0-701 at a Glance 0:36 The Five Domains 1:32 Questions 1 to 5 4:36 Questions 6 to 10 7:44 Questions 11 to 15 10:45 Recap
Exam facts are from the official CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Economic Factors and Business Information is Section 1 of NASAA's Series 65 content outline: 15% of the exam, about 20 of the 130 scored questions (as of October 2026). A quick lesson on the business cycle, leading, coincident and lagging indicators, GDP and inflation, the Fed vs fiscal policy, interest rates and the yield curve, the dollar, financial statements and the time value of money, then 15 practice questions with every answer explained.
Chapters 0:00 Economics on the Series 65 0:48 Cycles and Indicators 1:25 GDP, Inflation and the Fed 2:04 Rates, Curves and the Dollar 2:39 Statements and Time Value 3:15 Questions 1 to 5 5:40 Questions 6 to 10 8:15 Questions 11 to 15 10:44 Recap
Exam facts are from the official NASAA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How computerized adaptive testing scores the Next Generation NCLEX-RN, explained in plain English: how each question is picked, the 0.00 logit passing standard, the three stop rules, what shutting off at 85 does and doesn't mean, NGN case studies and partial-credit scoring, and quick vs official results. Facts checked against NCSBN and nclex.com as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:47 How CAT Picks Questions 1:31 Watching the Estimate Converge 2:01 The Passing Standard 2:35 The Three Stop Rules 3:22 What Stopping at 85 Means 3:47 Case Studies and Partial Credit 4:33 Try a Question 5:12 Quick Results vs Official Results 5:32 What This Means for Studying 6:13 Recap
Exam facts are from the official NCSBN pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NCSBN. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to pass the ACAMS CAMS exam, in plain English: 120 questions in 3.5 hours, a passing score of 75 in the candidate handbook, the 40-credit eligibility rule, what's tested (money laundering and terrorist financing, FATF, KYC/CDD, sanctions, SARs and investigations), a scenario practice question, a six-week study plan and recertification. Exam facts checked as of October 2026; confirm current details with ACAMS.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:48 What CAMS Is 1:35 Who Can Take It 2:22 The Format 3:03 The Passing Score 3:36 What It Tests 4:58 Try a Question 5:54 How to Study 6:53 Exam Day 7:23 Keeping Your CAMS 7:50 Recap
Exam facts are from ACAMS information available as of 2026-10-20 and the ACAMS candidate handbook as widely quoted; confirm the current format, passing score and pricing on acams.org. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ACAMS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to pass the pesticide applicator core exam: who needs certification (private vs commercial applicators and restricted use pesticides), how EPA's 40 CFR 171 rule and your state lead agency split the exam rules, and what the core covers, from the label is the law and signal words to LD50, PPE, REI vs PHI, drift, groundwater, spills, triple rinsing, IPM and calibration math. Question count, fees and passing score vary by state (70% is common), as of October 2026. Plus a practice question and a three-week study plan.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:47 Who Needs Certification 1:36 How the Exam Works 2:38 The Label Is the Law 3:22 Signal Words and LD50 4:17 Exposure and PPE 5:03 REI vs PHI 5:29 Drift and Groundwater 6:11 Spills, Storage and Disposal 6:52 IPM and Calibration Math 7:38 Try a Question 8:17 How to Study 9:03 Recap
Exam facts are from the official EPA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the EPA or any state pesticide agency. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to pass all four GED subject tests with less wasted time: the time limit and question types for Math, Language Arts (with the 45-minute essay), Science and Social Studies, what 145, 165 and 175 mean, calculator and formula sheet rules, online vs test center, the GED Ready 'Likely to Pass' signal, a fast-pass plan for each test, and a math practice question. Exam facts checked against GED.com as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:45 How the GED Works 1:22 Mathematical Reasoning 2:03 Reasoning Through Language Arts 2:46 Science and Social Studies 3:31 Scores 4:07 Online or Test Center 4:47 GED Ready 5:29 The Fast-Pass Plan 7:06 Try a Math Question 7:48 Recap
Exam facts are from the official GED Testing Service pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with GED Testing Service. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How the TREC sales agent exam works, in plain English: the national and state portions, how many questions you need right on each, the 180 hours of qualifying education, applying, fingerprints and fees, retake rules, real estate math tips, a practice question and a study plan. Exam facts checked against TREC and the Pearson VUE candidate handbook as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:44 Before the Exam 1:29 Applying and Fees 2:22 Exam Day 3:04 The Passing Scores 3:35 The National Portion 4:11 The State Portion 4:58 Real Estate Math 5:54 Try a Question 6:34 How to Study 7:15 If You Don't Pass 7:43 Recap and Your Sponsor
Exam facts are from the official TREC and Pearson VUE pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with TREC or Pearson VUE. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The CFP exam in plain English: 170 questions in two 3-hour sections, the eight CFP Board domains and their weights, how the pass/fail cut score is set, published pass rates of 67% (March 2026) and 66% (July 2026), fees, retake limits, a case-style practice question and a 12-week study plan. Exam facts checked against CFP Board as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:44 The Four E's 1:40 The Exam Format 2:33 The Eight Domains 3:16 How the Questions Look 3:54 The Passing Score 4:37 Pass Rates 5:04 Dates, Fees and Retakes 5:57 Try a Question 6:43 How to Study 7:48 Recap
Exam facts are from the official CFP Board pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CFP Board. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
EPA Section 608 technician certification in plain English: Core plus Type I, II, III and Universal, the 70 percent closed-book passing score, what each test covers, how to sign up with an approved certifying organization, a practice question, and a study approach. Certification does not expire. Fees vary by organization. Rules checked as of October 2026. Independent study guide, not affiliated with the EPA.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:39 What It Is 1:08 Who Needs It 1:48 The Four Types 2:13 The Format 2:38 What's Covered 3:10 The Passing Score 3:37 Cost and Signing Up 4:03 Try a Question 4:29 How to Study 5:09 If You Don't Pass, and What's Next
Exam facts are from the official EPA pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with EPA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The ASVAB in plain English: the computer-adaptive format and 135 questions, the ten tests, how the four-test AFQT percentile works (there is no single pass mark), where you take it, a practice question, a study approach, and the one-month, one-month, six-month retest rules. Facts checked against the official ASVAB site as of October 2026; each service sets its own minimum AFQT, so ask a recruiter for the current number.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:42 What the A S V A B Is 1:05 Where and How You Take It 1:34 The Format 2:12 What's on It 2:39 The A F Q T Score 3:20 Retests and Score Validity 3:41 Try a Question 4:03 How to Study 4:37 Recap
Exam facts are from the official ASVAB program (OfficialASVAB.com) pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with the ASVAB program or the U.S. military. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How to pass the ServSafe Food Protection Manager exam: 90 questions (80 scored), a 70% passing score (56 of 80, per ServSafe as of October 2026), the retest rules, and every critical temperature you need: cooking, hot and cold holding, two-stage cooling, reheating and receiving. Plus the Big 6, handwashing, the 9 major allergens, cleaning vs sanitizing, HACCP's seven principles, a practice question and a one-week study plan.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:46 The Exam Format 1:23 Passing Score and Retests 2:02 Cooking Temperatures 2:58 Holding and the Danger Zone 3:26 Cooling, Reheating and Receiving 4:17 The Big Six and Handwashing 5:08 Allergens and Sanitizing 5:50 HACCP's Seven Principles 6:28 Try a Question 7:08 How to Study 7:49 Recap
Exam facts are from the official ServSafe pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ServSafe. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full 75-question Series 65 practice test weighted like NASAA's content outline: 11 economics, 19 investment vehicles, 23 client recommendations and strategies, and 22 laws, regulations and ethics questions, each answered and explained, with the math worked out. The real Series 65 has 130 scored questions plus 10 pretest questions, 180 minutes, and you need 92 of 130 correct to pass (as of October 2026).
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 1:50 Economics and Business: Questions 1 to 11 9:26 Investment Vehicles: Questions 12 to 30 22:21 Recommendations and Strategies: Questions 31 to 42 30:18 Recommendations and Strategies: Questions 43 to 53 37:49 Laws and Ethics: Questions 54 to 64 45:39 Laws and Ethics: Questions 65 to 75 53:36 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official NASAA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
How the GED works in plain English: the four tests and their time limits, the 145 passing score on each subject, what it costs (set by your state), a practice question, a study approach, and the retake rules. Facts checked against GED.com as of October 2026; prices and age rules vary by state, so confirm yours on the official site.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:43 What the G E D Is 1:04 Who Can Take It 1:27 The Four Tests 1:53 What's on Each Test 2:33 The Passing Score 3:08 Cost and Signing Up 3:40 Try a Question 4:01 How to Study 4:28 If You Don't Pass 4:46 Recap
Exam facts are from the official GED Testing Service pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with GED Testing Service. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A full 75-question SIE practice test weighted like FINRA's content outline: 12 capital markets, 33 products and risks, 23 trading and accounts, and 7 regulatory questions, each answered and explained. The real SIE has 75 scored questions, 1 hour 45 minutes, and a passing score of 70 on a scaled 0 to 100 score (as of October 2026).
Chapters 0:00 How This Practice Test Works 1:39 Capital Markets: Questions 1 to 12 9:47 Products and Risks: Questions 13 to 29 19:45 Products and Risks: Questions 30 to 45 29:59 Trading and Accounts: Questions 46 to 57 36:38 Trading and Accounts: Questions 58 to 68 44:07 Regulatory Framework: Questions 69 to 75 48:42 Score Yourself
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything you need to know about the NMLS SAFE MLO test (national test with uniform state content) in plain English: 120 questions with 115 scored, 190 minutes, the 75 percent passing score, $110 fee, the five content areas and their weights, a practice question, retake waiting periods, and a study approach. Facts checked against NMLS as of October 2026. Not affiliated with NMLS.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:40 What the Test Is 1:16 Who Takes It 1:40 The Format 2:16 The Content Outline 2:53 The Passing Score 3:30 Cost and Signing Up 4:01 Try a Question 4:30 How to Study 5:05 If You Don't Pass 5:27 The Recap
Exam facts are from the official NMLS pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NMLS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A two-minute lesson on the project management framework, then 15 situational PMP practice questions with every answer explained the PMI way: predictive vs agile vs hybrid, tailoring, projects vs programs vs portfolios vs operations, the value delivery system, supportive, controlling and directive PMOs, and the project manager's authority from functional to projectized. As of October 2026, the PMP exam content outline in effect since July 2026 weights People 33%, Process 41% and Business Environment 26%, with about 40% predictive and 60% agile or hybrid questions.
Chapters 0:00 The Framework on the PMP 0:30 Approaches and Tailoring 1:13 Projects, Programs and Portfolios 1:53 Structures and PMOs 2:41 Principles and the 2026 Outline 3:32 Questions 1 to 5 6:46 Questions 6 to 10 9:32 Questions 11 to 15 12:30 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PMI pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PMI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything about the ServSafe Manager certification exam in plain English: the 90-question format (80 scored), the 2-hour limit, the passing score ServSafe lists and why to confirm it locally, exam prices, a practice question, a study plan and the retest rules. Facts checked against ServSafe's public pages as of October 2026. Independent study channel, not affiliated with ServSafe.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:47 What ServSafe Manager Is 1:23 Who Takes It 1:47 The Format 2:15 What's On the Exam 2:51 The Passing Score 3:27 Cost and Signing Up 4:05 Try a Question 4:34 How to Study 5:05 If You Don't Pass 5:25 What Comes Next
Exam facts are from the official ServSafe pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ServSafe. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The PMP changed in July 2026: a new exam content outline with People 33%, Process 41% and Business Environment 26%, about 40% predictive and 60% agile or hybrid questions, and 180 questions in 240 minutes. Here's eligibility, how scoring works, the PMI mindset for situational questions, a practice question, a six-week study plan and test-day tips. Exam facts checked against PMI's website as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:38 What Changed in 2026 1:36 Who Can Apply 2:23 Fees and Applying 2:52 How Scoring Works 3:27 The PMI Mindset 4:14 Reading Situational Questions 4:42 Try a Question 5:18 A Six-Week Plan 6:17 Mock-Score Targets 6:41 Test Day 7:27 Retakes and Renewal 7:55 Recap
Exam facts are from the official PMI pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PMI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything about the ATI TEAS (TEAS 7) nursing school entrance exam in plain English: 170 questions with 150 scored, 209 minutes across four sections, why there is no universal passing score, the $120 fee, a practice question, a study plan and retake rules. Facts checked against ATI's public pages as of October 2026. Independent study channel, not affiliated with ATI.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:43 What the TEAS Is 1:13 Who Takes It 1:32 The Format 2:07 The Four Sections 2:49 Scoring and Passing 3:16 Cost and Signing Up 3:52 Try a Question 4:15 How to Study 4:50 If You Don't Pass 5:11 What Comes Next
Exam facts are from the official ATI pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with ATI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything you need to know about the USPS postal exam, the Virtual Entry Assessment (versions 474, 475, 476 and 477), in plain English: which version is yours, the online format and 72-hour deadline, what's inside, the 70 percent passing score, the retake rule, and how to prepare. Facts checked against USPS candidate materials as of October 2026. Not affiliated with USPS.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:42 What the Exam Is 1:19 Which Version Is Yours 1:47 Who Takes It 2:13 The Format 2:40 What's Inside 3:27 The Passing Score 3:57 Cost and Signing Up 4:23 Try a Question 5:01 How to Prepare 5:37 If You Don't Pass 6:02 The Recap
Exam facts are from the official USPS pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with USPS. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A rapid tour of all four FINRA SIE content areas with their weights: capital markets, products and risks, trading and accounts with the prohibited practices, and the regulatory framework, plus the must-know numbers and one practice question. Facts checked against FINRA as of October 2026, including the $300 gift limit in effect since March 2026 and the shorter retake waits starting January 19, 2027.
Chapters 0:00 The Plan 0:43 Capital Markets 2:23 Products: Stocks and Bonds 3:25 Products: Funds and Risks 4:32 Trading and Accounts 5:35 Prohibited Practices 6:16 Regulatory Framework 7:23 Numbers to Memorize 8:23 Test Yourself 8:59 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The CDL written knowledge tests in plain English: the federal 80 percent passing score on each test, the three core tests (general knowledge, air brakes, combination vehicles), who can take them, entry-level driver training, what is covered, a practice question, and a study approach. Question counts, fees and retests vary by state, so always check your state's manual. Federal rules checked as of October 2026. Independent study guide, not affiliated with FMCSA or any state agency.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:33 What the Tests Are 1:26 Who Can Take Them 1:55 The Tests You Take 2:21 What's Covered 3:02 The Passing Score 3:30 Cost and Signing Up 4:02 Try a Question 4:25 How to Study 4:55 If You Don't Pass 5:13 The Recap
Exam facts are from the official FMCSA pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FMCSA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Economics sits in Knowledge of Capital Markets, Section 1 of FINRA's SIE content outline: 16% of the exam, about 12 of the 75 scored questions (as of October 2026). A two-minute lesson on the business cycle, leading, coincident and lagging indicators, GDP and CPI, the Fed's tools, fiscal vs monetary policy, yield curves and the dollar, then 15 practice questions with every answer explained.
Chapters 0:00 Economics on the SIE 0:39 The Business Cycle 1:26 GDP and Inflation 1:55 The Fed's Toolkit 2:50 Rates, Curves and the Dollar 3:34 Questions 1 to 5 5:41 Questions 6 to 10 8:12 Questions 11 to 15 10:27 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything you need to know about the NCLEX-PN in plain English: why the adaptive test runs 85 to 150 questions, how pass or fail is decided without a passing percentage, the Next Generation case studies, the test plan content ranges, the $200 registration fee, how to register, a practice question, and a study approach. Exam facts checked against NCSBN as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:42 What the NCLEX-PN Is 1:11 Who Takes It 1:37 The Format 2:07 The Next Generation Questions 2:36 What's on the Exam 3:14 How It Is Scored 3:51 Fee and Registration 4:19 Try a Question 4:51 How to Study 5:20 If You Don't Pass 5:56 What Comes Next
Exam facts are from the official NCSBN pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NCSBN. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
A first-try game plan for the FINRA SIE: the format in a minute, how to weight your hours to the four content sections, a four-week study plan, the topics that trip people up, when to book based on practice scores, test-day tactics, a practice question, and what to do if you fail. Exam facts and retake rules checked against FINRA as of October 2026, including the shorter retake waits FINRA announced for January 19, 2027.
Chapters 0:00 The Game Plan 0:22 The Format in a Minute 1:19 Weight Your Hours 2:26 The Four-Week Plan 3:24 Topics That Trip People Up 4:42 Practice Tests That Count 5:40 Test-Day Tactics 6:35 Try a Question 7:14 If You Don't Pass 8:13 Your Next Step
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Capital markets is Section 1 of FINRA's SIE content outline: 16% of the exam, about 12 of the 75 scored questions (as of October 2026). A two-minute lesson on primary vs secondary markets, IPOs and follow-on offerings, firm commitment vs best efforts underwriting, the four markets, Regulation D, Regulation A and Rule 144, then 15 practice questions with every answer explained.
Chapters 0:00 Capital Markets on the SIE 0:36 Primary vs Secondary 1:18 How Underwriting Works 2:02 The Four Markets 2:34 Exempt Offerings 3:19 Questions 1 to 5 5:44 Questions 6 to 10 8:28 Questions 11 to 15 10:57 Recap
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-20. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything you need to know about the CompTIA Security+ exam in plain English: which version to take (SY0-701 now, SY0-801 scheduled for November 17, 2026), the format, the five domains and their weights, what a passing score of 750 on a 100 to 900 scale means, how to sign up, a practice question, and a study approach. Exam facts checked against CompTIA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:40 What Security+ Is 1:06 Which Version 1:40 Who Takes It 2:03 The Format 2:37 The Five Domains 3:09 The Passing Score 3:39 Cost and Signing Up 4:06 Try a Question 4:41 How to Study 5:18 If You Don't Pass 5:41 What Comes Next
Exam facts are from the official CompTIA pages as of 2026-10-18. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with CompTIA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Everything you need to know about the PMP exam in plain English: the 180-question, 4-hour format, the three domains and their weights (People 33%, Process 41%, Business Environment 26%), who is eligible, how retakes and renewal work, a practice question, and how to study. Exam facts checked against PMI's website as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:40 What the PMP Is 1:12 Who Can Apply 1:52 The Format 2:22 The Three Domains 2:56 Try a Question 3:28 How to Study 4:09 Retakes and Renewal 4:30 What Comes Next
Exam facts are from the official PMI pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with PMI. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the Series 3 National Commodities Futures exam tomorrow? This is the last-minute cram: tick values and contract sizes, initial vs maintenance margin, short and long hedges, basis, contango and backwardation, CFTC and NFA roles, and registration categories, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:20 Contract Math 1:04 Margin 1:37 Hedging and Basis 2:10 Market Shape 2:29 Regulators 3:07 Test Yourself 3:32 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official FINRA and NFA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA and NFA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the FINRA Series 24 principal exam tomorrow? This is the last-minute cram: retail communications vs correspondence, record retention periods, branch inspections, Form U4 and U5 deadlines, net capital ratios, CTR and SAR thresholds, trade reporting and research quiet periods, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:28 Communications 1:11 Record Retention 1:33 Supervision and Inspections 2:16 Net Capital 2:39 Anti-Money Laundering 3:07 Trading and Research 3:37 Test Yourself 3:58 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the FINRA Series 79 tomorrow? This is the last-minute cram: Regulation D (506(b), 506(c), 504), Regulation A tiers, crowdfunding limits, Rule 144A and Rule 144, firm commitment vs best efforts, the green shoe, the registration timeline, and gross spread math, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:27 Regulation D 1:18 Regulation A and Crowdfunding 1:40 Rule 144A and Rule 144 2:14 Types of Underwriting 2:45 Registration Timeline 3:16 The Spread 3:46 Test Yourself 4:14 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the FINRA Series 6 tomorrow? This is the last-minute cram: NAV and public offering price, sales charges and breakpoints, letters of intent, share classes and 12b-1 fees, variable annuity units and the AIR, annuity taxation, UITs and 529 plans, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:24 Fund Pricing 1:09 Sales Charges and Breakpoints 1:48 Share Classes 2:25 Variable Annuities 3:05 Annuity Taxes 3:32 U I Ts and 529 Plans 3:56 Test Yourself 4:26 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the NASAA Series 65 tomorrow? This is the last-minute cram: real and after-tax return, standard deviation, beta, Sharpe and Treynor, CAPM, P/E and other company ratios, the rule of 72, capital gains and retirement ages, and adviser registration thresholds, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:28 Return and Risk 1:05 Portfolio Measures 1:44 Company Ratios 2:19 Time Value and the Rule of 72 2:44 Taxes and Retirement 3:23 Adviser Registration 3:58 Test Yourself 4:21 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA and FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the FINRA Series 7 tomorrow? This is the last-minute cram: covered calls, protective puts, straddles, debit and credit spreads, Reg T and maintenance margin, accrued interest, Rule 144, accredited investor tests and fund fee limits, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:26 Covered Calls and Protective Puts 1:05 Straddles 1:38 Spreads 2:28 Margin 3:06 Accrued Interest 3:48 Rule 144 and Accredited Investors 4:32 Funds and Fees 5:02 Test Yourself 5:29 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
Taking the FINRA SIE tomorrow? This is the 6-minute cram: T+1 settlement, bond yields, NAV and offering price, Reg T margin, option breakevens, taxable equivalent yield, and the key numbers to memorize, plus a practice question. Facts checked as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Cram Plan 0:32 Settlement 1:03 Bond Math 1:56 Stocks and Funds 2:47 Margin 3:29 Options 4:15 Taxes and Yield 4:46 Numbers to Memorize 5:25 Test Yourself 5:51 Exam Day
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA and NFA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA or the NFA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The FINRA Series 82 in plain English: what the private placement registration lets you sell, how it compares with the Series 7, the four job functions (half the exam is seeking business), a Regulation D practice question, and how to study. Facts checked against FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:34 What the Series 82 Is 1:13 Who Can Take It 1:28 The Format 1:37 The Four Job Functions 2:28 The Passing Score 2:42 Cost and Signing Up 2:52 Try a Question 3:26 How to Study 3:52 If You Don't Pass 4:03 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The FINRA Series 57 Securities Trader exam in plain English: what the registration covers, the SIE corequisite and sponsorship, the two job functions (trading is 82%), what a passing score of 70 means, a principal-vs-agent practice question, and how to study. Facts checked against FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:36 What the Series 57 Is 1:15 Who Can Take It 1:37 The Format 1:58 The Two Job Functions 2:27 The Passing Score 2:44 Cost and Signing Up 2:56 Try a Question 3:30 How to Study 3:55 If You Don't Pass 4:06 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Series 66 Uniform Combined State Law Exam in plain English: why it covers both agents and advisers, the Series 7 corequisite, how it compares with taking the 63 and 65, the four NASAA sections (law is 45%), a practice question, and a study plan. Facts checked against NASAA and FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:36 What the Series 66 Is 1:05 The Series 7 Corequisite 1:34 Sixty-Six Versus Sixty-Three Plus Sixty-Five 2:04 The Format 2:20 The Four Sections 3:07 The Passing Score 3:28 Cost and Signing Up 3:38 Try a Question 4:12 How to Study 4:41 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Series 65 Uniform Investment Adviser Law Exam in plain English: who it's for, the four NASAA sections (strategy and law are 60%), the 92-of-130 passing score, a bond duration practice question, and a study plan. Facts checked against NASAA and FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:39 What the Series 65 Is 1:15 The Format 1:41 The Four Sections 2:39 The Passing Score 2:56 Cost and Signing Up 3:17 Try a Question 3:51 How to Study 4:28 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Series 63 Uniform Securities Agent State Law Exam in plain English: who writes it, what it qualifies you for, the eight NASAA sections (ethics and communication are almost half), the 43-of-60 passing score, a practice question on the state Administrator's powers, and how to study. Facts checked against NASAA and FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:39 What the Series 63 Is 1:18 The Format 1:40 The Eight Sections 2:40 The Passing Score 3:00 Cost and Signing Up 3:21 Try a Question 3:54 How to Study 4:32 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official NASAA and FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with NASAA or FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The Series 3 National Commodity Futures Examination in plain English: who needs it, how it differs from the securities exams, its two parts, why you need 70% on each, a hedging practice question, and how to study. Facts checked against FINRA and the NFA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:35 What the Series 3 Is 1:29 How It's Different 1:59 The Format 2:40 The Two Parts 3:24 The Passing Score 3:41 Cost and Signing Up 3:56 Try a Question 4:28 How to Study 5:05 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official FINRA and NFA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA or the NFA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The FINRA Series 79 in plain English: what an investment banking representative may do and what the license doesn't cover, the three job functions, the passing score of 73, a Form 8-K practice question, and why the exam needs more math than memory. All exam facts checked against FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:38 What the Series 79 Is 1:15 What It Doesn't Cover 1:49 Who Can Take It 2:17 The Format 2:37 The Three Job Functions 3:19 The Passing Score 3:40 Cost and Signing Up 3:53 Try a Question 4:28 How to Study 4:57 If You Don't Pass 5:08 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Carefree" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Almost Bliss" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The FINRA Series 24 in plain English: what a principal supervises, which exams you need first and which principal title you get, the five job functions, what a passing score of 70 means, a supervision practice question, and how to study. All exam facts checked against FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:37 What the Series 24 Is 1:20 What You Need First 2:11 The Format 2:32 The Five Job Functions 3:21 The Passing Score 3:40 Cost and Signing Up 3:53 Try a Question 4:32 How to Study 5:08 If You Don't Pass 5:19 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Reminiscing" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
"Friday Morning" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Audio from the Open Exam Hub video of the same name; the video shows the numbers and practice questions on screen.
The FINRA Series 6 in plain English: the packaged products it lets you sell, how it compares with the Series 7, the four job functions, what a passing score of 70 means, a practice question, and how to study. All exam facts checked against FINRA as of October 2026.
Chapters 0:00 The Short Answer 0:34 What the Series 6 Is 1:13 Series 6 Versus Series 7 1:51 Who Can Take It 2:16 The Format 2:35 The Four Job Functions 3:22 The Passing Score 3:41 Cost and Signing Up 3:53 Try a Question 4:22 How to Study 4:55 If You Don't Pass 5:09 Your Turn
Exam facts are from the official FINRA pages as of 2026-10-17. Fees and rules can change, so confirm on the official site before you enroll. Open Exam Hub is an independent study resource, not affiliated with FINRA. Practice questions are not from a real exam. Narration is an AI-generated voice.
Music "Fresh Air" Kevin MacLeod (incompetech.com) Licensed under Creative Commons: By Attribution 4.0 License creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
.jpg){kind=link}
_-_Flickr_-_austinevan.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
_Hovedfordeler_Varmeanlegg_Ventilasjon_Isolerte_r%C3%B8r_kanaler_varmtvannsbereder_aggregat_vifte_el-tavle_stige_elkabler_vask_lagring_e.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
_(47051372082).jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpeg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
,_Wall_Street_--_2012_--_6614.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpeg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
_take_the_Armed_Service_Vocational_Aptitude_Battery_(A.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
.jpg){kind=link}
